VIDEO UPDATE INC
S-3/A, 1996-09-27
VIDEO TAPE RENTAL
Previous: MCLEOD INC, 8-K/A, 1996-09-27
Next: HORIZON FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP, DEF 14A, 1996-09-27



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 27, 1996
    
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-7929
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             450 FIFTH STREET, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                            PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT
                                    NO. 2 TO
                                    FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
               DELAWARE                                    7841                                   41-1461110
   (State or other jurisdiction of             (Primary Standard Industrial                    (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)             Classification Code Number)                   Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
             DANIEL A. POTTER, CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            3100 WORLD TRADE CENTER
                             30 EAST SEVENTH STREET
                           ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA 55101
                                 (612) 222-0006
                            FACSIMILE (612) 297-6629
       (Address and telephone number of registrant's principal executive
      offices and name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
        BRUCE J. PARKER, Esquire                 PAUL D. BROUDE, Esquire
       JAMES C. MELVILLE, Esquire              LAWRENCE H. GENNARI, Esquire
   KAPLAN, STRANGIS AND KAPLAN, P.A.            O'CONNOR, BROUDE & ARONSON
          5500 Norwest Center                 950 Winter Street, Suite 2300
        90 South Seventh Street                Waltham, Massachusetts 02154
      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402                    (617) 890-6600
             (612) 375-1138                      Facsimile (617) 890-9261
        Facsimile (612) 375-1143
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, as amended, check the following box. /X/
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO           OFFERING PRICE          AGGREGATE             AMOUNT OF
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         BE REGISTERED (1)(2)     PER SHARE (3)       OFFERING PRICE (3)     REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Shares of Class A Common Stock,
 $.01 par value.........................       7,040,000              $6.8125             $47,960,000          $16,537.93(4)
<FN>
(1)  Pursuant  to  Rule 416  there are  also  registered hereby  such additional
     indeterminate number of shares of such  Class A Common Stock as may  become
     issuable   by  reason  of  stock   splits,  stock  dividends,  and  similar
     adjustments.
(2)  Includes 915,000  shares of  Class  A Common  Stock  subject to  an  option
     granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments.
(3)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(4)  A  registration fee of  $19,628.31 was paid  to the Commission  on July 11,
     1996.
</TABLE>
    
 
                           --------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE  AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO  SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                            PURSUANT TO RULE 501(B)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER OF FORM S-3                         CAPTION AND SUBCAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
<C>  <S>  <C>                                   <C>
 1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement
      and Outside Front Cover Page of           Outside Front Cover Page
      Prospectus..............................
 
 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
      of Prospectus...........................  Inside Front Cover Page; Back Cover
                                                Page
 
 3.  Summary Information; Risk Factors and
      Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges......  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 
 4.  Use of Proceeds..........................  Use of Proceeds
 
 5.  Determination of Offering Price..........  Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Underwriting
 
 6.  Dilution.................................  Not Applicable
 
 7.  Selling Security Holders.................  Principal and Selling Stockholders;
                                                Concurrent Registration by Selling
                                                 Stockholders
 
 8.  Plan of Distribution.....................  Outside Front Cover Page;
                                                Underwriting
 
 9.  Description of Securities to be            Outside Front Cover Page;
      Registered..............................  Description of Securities
 
10.  Interest of Named Experts and Counsel....  Legal Matters; Experts
 
11.  Material Changes.........................  Recent Developments
 
12.  Incorporation of Certain Information by    Incorporation of Certain Information
      Reference...............................  by Reference
 
13.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act        Management -- Limitation of
      Liabilities.............................  Officers' and Directors' Liabilities
 
14.  Information with Respect to the
      Registrant:
 
     (a)  Description of Business.............  Business
 
     (b)  Description of Property.............  Business -- Facilities
 
     (c)  Legal Proceedings...................  Business -- Litigation
 
     (d)  Certain Market Information..........  Dividends; Price Range of Common
                                                Stock
 
     (e)  Financial Statements................  Financial Statements
 
     (f)  Selected Financial Data.............  Selected Financial Data
 
     (g)  Supplementary Financial
           Information........................  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                of Financial Condition and Results
                                                 of Operations
 
     (h)  Management's Discussion and
           Analysis...........................  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                of Financial Condition and Results
                                                 of Operations
 
     (i)  Disagreement with Accountants.......  Not Applicable
 
     (j)  Directors and Executive Officers....  Management -- Directors and
                                                Executive Officers
 
     (k)  Executive Compensation..............  Management -- Executive Compensation
 
     (l)  Security Ownership of Certain
           Beneficial Owners and Management...  Principal and Selling Stockholders
 
     (m)  Interest of Management and Others in
           Certain Transactions...............  Certain Transactions
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
    The following page is the cover page and the Plan of Distribution section of
the  prospectus to be used in connection with the resale to the public of shares
of the Company's Class A Common Stock by certain stockholders.
<PAGE>
                                 25,000 SHARES
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
   
    This Prospectus covers the offer and  sale by certain persons (the  "Selling
Stockholders")  of an aggregate  of 25,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock (the
"Shares") of Video Update, Inc. (the  "Company") issued to such stockholders  in
connection  with an acquisition of certain assets  from them by the Company. The
Selling Stockholders will pay all commissions, transfer taxes and other expenses
associated with the sale of Shares by them. The Company will pay the expenses of
the preparation of  this Prospectus.  The Company  has agreed  to indemnify  the
Selling  Stockholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The Company
will not receive  any of the  proceeds from the  sale of Shares  by the  Selling
Stockholders.
    
 
   
    The  Company's Class A Common Stock is  traded on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol "VUPDA."  The last sale  price of the Class  A Common Stock  on
September  25, 1996, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, was $6 13/16 per
share. See "Price Range of Common Stock."
    
 
    SEE "RISK  FACTORS" FOR  A  DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN  FACTORS THAT  SHOULD  BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
                             ---------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
                    ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
   
    The  Shares may be sold from time to  time by the Selling Stockholders or by
pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors in interest. Such sales may be
made in the over-the-counter  market or otherwise, at  prices and at terms  then
prevailing  or  at  prices related  to  the  then current  market  price,  or in
negotiated transactions. The Shares may be sold by one or more of the  following
methods:  (a) block trades in which the broker or dealer so engaged will attempt
to sell the Shares as agent but may  position and resell a portion of the  block
as  principal to facilitate the transaction; (b) purchases by a broker or dealer
as principal, in a market maker capacity or otherwise, and resale by such broker
or dealer  for  its  account  pursuant to  this  Prospectus;  and  (c)  ordinary
brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers.
In  effecting sales,  brokers or  dealers engaged  by a  Selling Stockholder may
arrange for other  brokers or dealers  to participate. Brokers  or dealers  will
receive  commissions or  discounts from a  Selling Stockholder in  amounts to be
negotiated immediately prior to the sale. The Selling Stockholder, such  brokers
or  dealers and any other  participating brokers or dealers  may be deemed to be
"underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with  such
sales.
    
 
   
    Upon  notification to the Company by a Selling Stockholder that any material
arrangement has been entered into with a broker or dealer for the sale of Shares
through a block trade or any other purchase by a broker or dealer as  principal,
other  than a purchase as  a market maker in  an ordinary trading transaction, a
supplemented prospectus will be filed, if  required, pursuant to Rule 424  under
the  Securities Act, disclosing (i) the name  of such Selling Stockholder and of
the participating brokers or dealers, (ii) the number of Shares involved,  (iii)
the  price  at which  such  Shares will  be sold,  (iv)  the commission  paid or
discounts or concessions allowed to  such brokers or dealers, where  applicable,
(v) that such brokers or dealers did not conduct any investigation to verify the
information  set out  or incorporated by  reference in this  Prospectus and (vi)
other facts material to the transaction.
    
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS
    
   
DATED SEPTEMBER 27, 1996
    
 
   
                                6,100,000 SHARES
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
   
All  of the shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Class
A Common  Stock"), offered  hereby (the  "Offering"), are  being sold  by  Video
Update, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").
    
 
   
The  Class A  Common Stock  is quoted  on the  Nasdaq National  Market under the
symbol "VUPDA." On September 25, 1996, the last reported sale price of the Class
A Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $6 13/16 per share. See  "Price
Range of Common Stock."
    
 
SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS  OF THE  CLASS A  COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PRICE TO    UNDERWRITING  PROCEEDS TO
                                            PUBLIC     DISCOUNT(1)   COMPANY(2)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>
Per Share...............................     $4.00         $.28         $3.72
Total(3)................................  $24,400,000   $1,708,000   $22,692,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1)  The  Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
    liabilities, including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933,  as
    amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."
    
(2)  Before deducting expenses of the  Offering payable by the Company estimated
    at $750,000.
   
(3) The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase  up
    to an aggregate of 915,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock, solely
    to  cover over-allotments, if any, at the per share Price to Public less the
    Underwriting Discount. If the Underwriters exercise this option in full, the
    total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be
    $28,060,000, $1,964,200 and $26,095,800, respectively. See "Underwriting."
    
                            ------------------------
 
   
The shares of Class A Common Stock  are offered by the Underwriters, subject  to
prior  sale when, as  and if delivered  to and accepted  by the Underwriters and
subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the certificates representing shares of Class A Common Stock will be
made at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota on or  about
October 2, 1996.
    
 
   
PIPER JAFFRAY INC.                           THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.
    
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
         -- Map of United States and Canada, with a small red box with
       Video Update logo placed in each state and province indicating the
              number of stores located in such state or province.]
 
IN  CONNECTION WITH  THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT  OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CLASS A  COMMON
STOCK  OR THE CLASS B WARRANTS OF THE  COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT
OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON  THE
NASDAQ  NATIONAL MARKET  OR OTHERWISE.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS
MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK  OF
THE  COMPANY ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET  IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10b-6A UNDER
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
- -- Two exterior photos of a Video Update  store -- one with a day time  backdrop
and  one with a  night time backdrop,  each with store  signage and store rental
promotion posters. Interior  photos of  Video Update  store, with  videocassette
displays  and customers. All  photos with a backdrop  of videocassette movie box
covers.]
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY DOES NOT  PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE  AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY  BY  AND SHOULD  BE  READ IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH THE  MORE  DETAILED
INFORMATION  AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS (INCLUDING  THE NOTES  THERETO) APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. UNLESS  OTHERWISE INDICATED,  THE INFORMATION  IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  GIVE  EFFECT TO  THE  EXERCISE OF  THE UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION. THE COMPANY  UTILIZES A FISCAL YEAR  ENDING APRIL 30  AND
EACH  YEAR REFERRED TO HEREIN SHALL BE REFERRED TO AS "FISCAL." INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company owns  and operates  222 video  specialty stores  under the  name
"Video  Update"  located  in  Alaska,  Arizona,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Minnesota,
Missouri, Nevada,  Pennsylvania, Texas,  Washington,  Wisconsin and  Canada  and
franchises  26  additional video  specialty stores  predominantly in  the United
States as of August 31, 1996. All of the Company's stores in the United  States,
and  33 or approximately 50% of  the Company's Canadian stores, are superstores,
which are  defined as  retail video  stores that  carry more  than 7,500  rental
units.  The Company believes that, as of the end of its most recent fiscal year,
it was the fourth largest video specialty retailer in the United States and  the
third  largest video specialty retailer in Canada  based on the number of stores
it operates and franchises. Video Update stores in the United States and  Canada
offer  on  average approximately  11,300 and  8,000 rental  units, respectively,
including multiple copies  of new  and popular releases  and video  games, in  a
visually appealing and customer friendly layout.
 
    The  Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its first
Company-owned store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company  completed
its  initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned stores
and 30 franchised stores  and had developed  a cost-effective superstore  format
that  distinguished the Company from other  video retailers by providing it with
the flexibility to expand into desirable  sites in both small and large  markets
without  compromising profitability or  decreasing the number  of viable markets
into which it could expand. During fiscal 1996, the Company grew rapidly in size
from 33 to 204  Company-owned stores. During this  period, the Company  acquired
136  video stores in 12  transactions and opened 35  new video superstores. Same
store sales during fiscal  1996 increased by approximately  16%. As a result  of
these  acquisitions, new superstore openings and  increases in same store sales,
the Company's revenues  and net income  increased from approximately  $9,051,000
and  $154,000  in fiscal  1995, respectively,  to approximately  $50,504,000 and
$1,628,000 in fiscal 1996, respectively.
 
    The Company's management has substantial  experience in the video  retailing
industry.  The Company's senior  management operations team  has worked together
for more than ten  years. Management's depth of  experience in and knowledge  of
the  industry are reflected in both  the Company's operating strategy and growth
strategy. The  key elements  of the  Company's operating  strategy are  to:  (i)
provide  an extensive selection of videocassettes tailored to each store's local
market,  (ii)  effectively  manage   videocassette  inventories  within   stores
utilizing   the  Company's   integrated  point-of-sale   ("POS")  system,  (iii)
aggressively market  the Company's  stores through  couponing, direct  mail  and
other  promotions, (iv) concentrate its  stores geographically within markets to
achieve economies of scale, and (v) maintain consistency of image and operations
throughout the Company's network of stores.
 
    The Company's objective is to become a national presence in the video rental
industry. The key elements of the  Company's growth strategy are to (i)  acquire
chains  of stores that present an attractive combination of price, profitability
and location,  (ii)  open  new  superstores utilizing  its  low-cost  format  in
existing  markets  and selected  new markets,  and (iii)  franchise superstores,
primarily in areas where the Company  does not expect to pursue acquisitions  or
new  store development. During fiscal 1997, the Company expects that most of its
growth will come from acquisitions and  new superstore openings. In addition  to
acquired  stores, the Company expects to open  60 or more new superstores during
fiscal 1997.
 
    The Company  believes that  the home  video industry  is highly  fragmented.
According  to published reports by Paul  Kagan Associates, Inc., a media analyst
unaffiliated with the  Company ("Paul  Kagan"), there were  an estimated  27,400
video  specialty stores  in the United  States in  1994, including approximately
6,100 superstores. According to VIDEO  STORE MAGAZINE, an industry  publication,
only nine multiple store businesses
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
operated  in excess of  100 stores in  1995. The Company  also believes that the
retail video industry has experienced a recent trend toward consolidation driven
by the recognition by store operators of the competitive advantages that  larger
organizations   enjoy  in  terms   of  access  to   working  capital,  marketing
efficiencies and other  economies of scale  and the enhanced  ability to  obtain
quality  retail  locations.  The Company  believes  that  attractive acquisition
opportunities will continue to arise as the industry consolidates.
 
    The Company was incorporated in Minnesota in October 1983 and reincorporated
in Delaware in March 1994. The  Company's executive offices are located at  3100
World  Trade Center,  30 East  7th Street,  St. Paul,  Minnesota 55101,  and its
telephone number is (612) 222-0006.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
Class A Common Stock
 offered......................  6,100,000 shares
 
Common Stock outstanding after
 the Offering.................  19,102,735 shares (1)(2)
 
Use of proceeds...............  To provide working capital to make acquisitions,
                                reduce   outstanding   debt,   open   additional
                                Company-owned superstores, and for other general
                                corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Nasdaq National Market
 symbols......................  VUPDA (Class A Common Stock)
                                VUPDZ (Redeemable Class B Warrants)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) As  of the  date of  this Prospectus, includes  1,300,000 shares  of Class B
    Common Stock, $.01 par  value per share (the  "Class B Common Stock"),  that
    have  been placed in escrow  by the current holders  of Class B Common Stock
    (the "Escrow Shares") pursuant  to a written  agreement between the  Company
    and  the holders of the Class B Common Stock (the "Escrow Agreement"), which
    Escrow Shares are  subject to cancellation  and will be  contributed to  the
    capital  of  the Company  if the  Company does  not attain  certain earnings
    levels during the period ending April 30, 1998 or if the market price of the
    Company's Class A Common Stock does  not achieve certain targets during  the
    period  ending July 19, 1997.  See "Risk Factors --  Charge to Income in the
    Event of Release of Escrow  Shares," "Principal and Selling Stockholders  --
    Escrow Shares" and "Description of Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
   
(2) Does  not include: (i) 1,442,150 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for
    issuance upon  exercise of  options under  the Company's  1996 Stock  Option
    Plan,  1995 Stock Option Plan, 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1994 Formula Stock
    Option Plan, of  which options to  purchase a total  of 1,223,450 shares  of
    Class  A Common Stock at exercise prices  ranging from $4.3125 to $10.25 per
    share have  been granted  (including 669,000  shares reserved  for  issuance
    under  options  to be  granted contemporaneously  with  the closing  of this
    Offering under the 1996  Stock Option Plan (the  "1996 Option Shares"))  and
    are  currently unexercised;  (ii) 8,504,825 shares  of Class  A Common Stock
    reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Company's outstanding  redeemable
    Class  B Warrants at an  exercise price of $8.75  per share; (iii) 1,392,200
    shares of Class A  Common Stock reserved for  issuance upon exercise of  the
    Unit  Purchase  Options and  the  redeemable Class  A  and Class  B Warrants
    underlying the Unit Purchase Options issued to D.H. Blair Investment Banking
    Corp. in  connection  with its  services  as underwriter  of  the  Company's
    initial  and subsequent public  offerings, at exercise  prices per unit that
    would permit holders to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at  exercise
    prices ranging from $4.48 to $8.75 per share; and (iv) any shares of Class A
    Common  Stock the Company  may issue, in  lieu of cash  payments, to satisfy
    stock price guarantees that the Company  made to sellers in connection  with
    six  of  its  acquisitions.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Risks  Associated with
    Acquisitions  --   Deficiency   Payments,"  "Description   of   Securities,"
    "Management  --  Stock Option  Plans," "Management  -- Formula  Stock Option
    Plan" and "Underwriting."
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,                  ENDED JULY 31,
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                      1992       1993       1994       1995      1996(1)    1995(2)     1996
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..........................................  $   2,301  $   3,884  $   4,989  $   9,051  $  50,504  $   5,172  $  18,563
Operating income..................................        230        314        627        623      2,505        507        995
Net income........................................        154        176        301        154      1,628        300        563
Net income (loss) per share, fully diluted:
  Continuing operations...........................        .22        .19        .33        .10        .14        .05        .05
  Discontinued operations(3)......................        .11          -          -       (.03)         -          -          -
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income......................................  $     .33  $     .19  $     .33  $     .07  $     .14  $     .05  $     .05
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average shares(4)........................        465        904        904      2,226     11,229      5,956     12,347
OPERATING DATA:
Increase in same store sales(5)...................          -          -        26%        21%        16%        29%         8%
Number of stores open at end of period:
  Company-owned...................................         10         13         15         33        204         77        217
  Franchised......................................         30         30         31         22         25         23         25
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total.........................................         40         43         46         55        229        100        242
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Number of stores opened by the Company
 during the period(6).............................          4          4          2          4         35          4         12
Number of stores acquired by the Company
 during the period................................          -          -          -         14        136         40          1
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          JULY 31, 1996
                                                                    -------------------------
                                                                     ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(7)
                                                                    ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $   1,062    $   14,304
Rental inventory..................................................     29,120        29,120
Goodwill -- net...................................................     25,602        25,602
Total assets......................................................     86,277        99,519
Notes payable.....................................................      9,418           718
Total liabilities.................................................     24,280        15,580
Stockholders' equity..............................................     61,997        83,939
</TABLE>
    
 
- -------------
(1) During the fourth quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company adopted a new  method
    of  amortizing videocassette rental inventory. The  effect of the change for
    recognizing salvage value of base stock and the effect of the application of
    the new method  of amortizing  videocassette copies  in excess  of the  base
    stock  to May 1, 1995  had the impact, in  total, of increasing amortization
    expense by $2,773,000 and decreasing net  income by $1,604,000, or $.15  per
    share,  in  fiscal  1996. See  Note  2  of Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
    Statements.
(2) The application of the  new method of  amortizing videocassettes during  the
    first  quarter of fiscal 1996 (three months ended July 31, 1995), would have
    increased amortization  expense  by $288,000  and  decreased net  income  to
    $129,000, or $.02 per share, for the period.
(3) Discontinued  operations resulted from the disposal of a distribution center
    in fiscal 1992 and the closing by the Company of
    Gamesters-Registered Trademark-,  a video  game specialty  store, in  fiscal
    1995. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(4) See  Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation of
    weighted average shares.
(5) The stores included in same store  sales are Company-owned stores that  have
    been  owned and operated by the Company  for more than 12 months. Same store
    sales information with respect to fiscal 1992 and 1993 is not available.
(6) During the first quarter of fiscal 1997 (three months ended July 31,  1996),
    the  Company opened  15 stores  and, as  previously announced,  closed three
    stores in Canada.
   
(7) As adjusted to reflect the sale of 6,100,000 shares of Class A Common  Stock
    offered  by  the Company  hereby and  the application  of the  estimated net
    proceeds therefrom based on an offering  price of $4.00 per share. See  "Use
    of Proceeds."
    
 
    INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF  THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM  ACT
OF  1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH
AS "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT,"  "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE"  OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS  IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS, INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD CAUSE  ACTUAL
RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING MATTERS IN CONNECTION WITH
AN  INVESTMENT IN THE CLASS A COMMON  STOCK IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION
CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. INFORMATION CONTAINED
OR INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS"  WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE  PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT
OF 1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY  SUCH
AS  "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE" OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON  OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY. THE FOLLOWING  MATTERS CONSTITUTE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT FACTORS WITH  RESPECT TO SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS,
INCLUDING  CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD  CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO
DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
UNCERTAIN ABILITY TO ACHIEVE AND MANAGE PLANNED EXPANSION
 
    The Company's future success and continued growth will depend on its ability
to  acquire,  open  and  franchise  new  stores  and  to  operate  these  stores
profitably.  The  Company  grew  rapidly  during  fiscal  1996  from  33  to 204
Company-owned stores.  The  Company  intends to  continue  its  rapid  expansion
through  future  acquisitions and  expects to  open 60  or more  new superstores
during fiscal 1997. The Company's expansion is dependent on a number of factors,
including its ability to hire, train, retain and assimilate competent management
and store-level employees, the adequacy of the Company's financial resources and
the Company's  ability to  identify new  markets in  which it  can  successfully
compete,  to  locate suitable  superstore sites  and negotiate  acceptable lease
terms and to adapt its purchasing,  management information and other systems  to
accommodate  expanded  operations.  In  addition,  the  Company  is increasingly
entering new  markets  in  which  it has  no  prior  operating  experience.  The
Company's expansion is also dependent on the timely fulfillment by landlords and
others  of  their contractual  obligations to  the  Company, the  maintenance of
construction schedules  and the  speed at  which local  zoning and  construction
permits can be obtained. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able
to  achieve  its planned  expansion or  that expansion  will be  profitable. The
Company's planned expansion, including  growth through acquisitions, will  place
increasing  pressure on the  Company's management controls.  A failure to manage
successfully  its  planned  expansion  would  adversely  affect  the   Company's
business.  No assurance can be given that  the Company's new stores will achieve
sales and  profitability comparable  to the  Company's existing  stores. If  the
Company  achieves its  plans for  growth, no  Company executive,  other than Mr.
Christopher Gondeck,  its Chief  Financial Officer,  will have  had  significant
experience  operating a company as large, in terms of stores or annual sales, as
the Company. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
 
    GENERAL.  The Company's growth strategy includes acquisitions. During fiscal
1996, the  Company acquired,  in 12  transactions, 136  video rental  stores  in
Alaska, Arizona, Indiana, Minnesota, Nevada, Washington and Canada. No assurance
can  be given that  the Company will  successfully identify suitable acquisition
candidates,  complete  acquisitions,  integrate  acquired  operations  into  its
existing  operations or expand into new markets.  No assurance can be given that
recent acquisitions  or future  acquisitions will  not have  a material  adverse
effect upon the Company's operating results, particularly in the fiscal quarters
immediately   following  the  consummation  of   such  transactions,  while  the
operations of the acquired  businesses are being  integrated into the  Company's
operations.  Once  integrated, acquired  operations  may not  achieve  levels of
revenues or profitability comparable to those achieved by the Company's existing
operations, or otherwise perform as expected.
 
    LIMITED KNOWLEDGE  AND  OPERATING  HISTORY.   Notwithstanding  its  own  due
diligence  investigation, management has, and will have, limited knowledge about
the specific operating history, trends and customer buying patterns of the video
specialty stores acquired  in its  recent acquisitions  or future  acquisitions.
Consequently,  no assurance can be  given that the Company  will be able to make
future acquisitions at favorable  prices, that acquired  stores will perform  as
well as they had performed historically or that the Company will have sufficient
information  to  analyze  accurately the  markets  in  which it  elects  to make
acquisitions. Failure to pay  reasonable prices for  acquisitions or to  acquire
profitable  video specialty stores  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    INTEGRATION.  Although the Company endeavors to integrate and assimilate the
operations of acquired stores  in an effective and  timely manner, no  assurance
can be given that the Company will be successful in such integration attempts or
that  the Company will  be able to  hire, train, retain  and assimilate selected
individuals employed at acquired stores. Further, no assurance can be given that
the Company will  successfully integrate  its recent acquisitions  or any  other
future   acquired  businesses  into  the  Company's  purchasing,  marketing  and
management information systems.
 
    COMPETITION FOR  ACQUISITIONS.   Certain  of  the Company's  larger,  better
capitalized  competitors may  seek to acquire  some of the  same video specialty
stores that  the Company  seeks to  acquire. Such  competition for  acquisitions
would  likely increase acquisition prices and  related costs and result in fewer
attractive acquisition opportunities, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's growth.
 
    SIGNIFICANT  FUTURE  CHARGES  TO  EARNINGS  ARISING  FROM  AMORTIZATION   OF
GOODWILL.   At  July 31, 1996,  the Company  had $25,602,000 of  goodwill on its
balance sheet  that resulted  primarily  from the  acquisition of  video  rental
stores,  which will  be amortized  over 20 years.  The Company  expects that its
operating results  for future  quarters  over the  next  20 years  will  reflect
quarterly,  non-cash  charges  of  approximately  $371,000  for  amortization of
goodwill from  these  acquisitions. The  Company  also anticipates  that  future
acquisitions  will involve the recording of  a significant amount of goodwill on
its balance sheet, which will be amortized over varying periods of time of up to
20 years. See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results  of Operations," and Notes  1 and 12 of  Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
    MISREPRESENTATIONS AND BREACHES BY SELLERS.  In completing acquisitions, the
Company relies upon certain representations, warranties and indemnities made  by
the  sellers with respect to each acquisition,  as well as its own due diligence
investigation. No assurance can be given that representations and warranties  in
any  purchase agreement are true and correct or that the Company's due diligence
uncovers all materially adverse facts  relating to the operations and  financial
condition  of acquired businesses. To the extent that the Company is required to
pay for obligations  of acquired businesses,  or if material  misrepresentations
exist, the Company's operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
   
    DEFICIENCY PAYMENTS.  In six of the Company's prior acquisitions in which an
aggregate  of 650,613 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued to sellers, the
Company may be obligated to make deficiency payments (the "Deficiency Payments")
to such sellers  (of which  payments that  may be  due with  respect to  255,270
shares  may be paid in shares of  Class A Common Stock (the "Deficiency Shares")
at the  option  of  the Company)  equal  to  (i) the  number  of  issued  shares
multiplied by the difference between the guaranteed price for the Class A Common
Stock on a certain date (the "Guaranteed Price") and the average market price on
that  date, if such average  market price is less  than the Guaranteed Price, or
(ii) in one  instance with respect  to 239,163  shares issued to  a seller,  the
difference  between the Guaranteed  Price and the actual  price received (in the
aggregate) for the shares in bona fide, arm's length transactions by the  seller
during  the six month period  from March 1996 to  September 1996. The Guaranteed
Price ranges  from  $7.00  per share  to  $15.00  per share,  depending  on  the
acquisition. Based on an offering price of $4.00 per share of the Class A Common
Stock  and subject to compliance  by the holders of  such stock with agreed upon
conditions, the aggregate Deficiency Payments  that the Company would be  liable
for  is  approximately $2,843,000.  To the  extent  any Deficiency  Payments are
required, the  Company's  cash flow,  depending  on whether  the  deficiency  is
satisfied by a cash payment or issuance of shares, could be materially adversely
affected.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
    
 
COMPETITION
 
    The video rental business is  highly competitive. The Company competes  with
other  video retail stores, including  other superstores, and with supermarkets,
pharmacies,  convenience  stores,   bookstores,  mass   merchants,  mail   order
operations,  vending machines and other retailers, as well as with noncommercial
sources such as libraries. Some of the Company's competitors have  significantly
greater  financial and marketing  resources, market share,  and name recognition
than the Company. Many of the  Company-owned and franchised stores compete  with
stores  operated  by  the  Blockbuster Entertainment  division  of  Viacom, Inc.
("Blockbuster"), some of which are in very close proximity, which could have  an
adverse  impact on the Company's results  of operations. The Company's franchise
operations also compete with numerous
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
franchise  operations  in  many  industries  that  have  significantly   greater
financial  and human  resources and more  experience in  selling franchises than
does the Company. Potential franchisees  may believe that these franchisors  may
offer  potential franchisees greater opportunities for success than the Company.
See "Business -- Competition."
 
POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT OF NEW TECHNOLOGIES ON THE VIDEO RENTAL BUSINESS
 
    The Company  also  currently  competes with  pay-per-view  cable  television
systems.  Recently developed digital compression  technology combined with fiber
optics and  other  technology will  eventually  permit cable  companies,  direct
broadcast satellite companies and other telecommunications companies to transmit
a  much greater selection  of movies to homes  at scheduled intervals throughout
the day. Ultimately, these technologies could lead to the availability of movies
to the consumer on demand. Certain cable and other telecommunications  companies
have tested and are continuing to test movie on demand services in some markets.
Technological  advances could have a material  adverse effect on the business of
the Company.
 
CHANGES IN STUDIO DISTRIBUTION AND PRICING
 
    Changes in  the manner  in which  movies are  marketed by  the studios  that
produce  them,  primarily  related to  an  earlier  release of  movie  titles to
alternative distribution channels, could  substantially decrease the demand  for
video  rentals,  which could  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in the movie
studios' wholesale pricing structure  for videos could  result in a  competitive
disadvantage for all video specialty stores, including those of the Company.
 
FINANCING GROWTH
 
    Future  expansion  through  acquisitions  or  new  superstore  openings will
require significant capital. To date, the Company has financed acquisitions  and
superstore  openings with cash from operations, the proceeds of prior equity and
debt offerings, borrowings  under bank  facilities, trade  credit and  equipment
leases.  The Company  currently intends to  finance future  acquisitions and new
superstore openings from the  net proceeds of  the sale or  issuance of debt  or
equity  securities, including this Offering, with cash from operations, and from
borrowings under credit facilities.  If such sources  do not provide  sufficient
funds,  the Company will  be unable to  pursue its growth  strategy, which would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's ability to increase its revenues
and net income. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
SEASONALITY AND OTHER FACTORS
 
    The Company's business is  somewhat seasonal, with  revenues in April,  May,
September  and October generally lower than in  other months of the year. Future
operating results may be affected by  many factors, including variations in  the
number  and timing of store openings  and acquisitions, weather (particularly on
weekends and holidays), the  public acceptance of  new release titles  available
for rental, competition, marketing programs, special or unusual events and other
factors  that may  affect retailers in  general. Also, any  concentration of new
superstore openings and the related  pre-opening costs in any particular  fiscal
quarter  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results
for that quarter.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FRANCHISE OPERATIONS
 
    Since its inception, the Company  has sold franchises and generated  revenue
from franchise fees, royalties and sales of initial inventory to franchisees. No
assurance  can be  given that the  Company can  continue to market  and sell its
franchises, or operate its franchise program at profitable levels. In  addition,
no assurance can be given that all franchisees will operate their superstores in
accordance  with the Company's  operating guidelines and  in compliance with all
material provisions of  the franchise  agreement. Additionally,  the Company  is
subject  to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's  Trade  Regulation  Rule entitled
"Disclosure Requirements and  Prohibitions Concerning  Franchising and  Business
Opportunity  Ventures" and state laws and  regulations that govern the offer and
sale of franchises. If the Company  is unable to comply with applicable  federal
and  state franchise sales laws  or the regulations of  any state that regulates
the
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
offer and sales  of franchises, the  Company will  be unable to  offer and  sell
franchises.  No assurance  can be given  that the  Company's franchising program
will not be adversely  affected by its  failure to register  or file in  certain
states.  See  "Business --  Franchise  Operations" and  "Business  -- Government
Regulation."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's  future  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  on  the
continued  contributions of Daniel  A. Potter, the  Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, and John M. Bedard, the Company's President. The loss of  the
services of either of these officers could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.  The Company's continued  growth and profitability  also depends on its
ability to attract, motivate, and  retain other management personnel,  including
qualified  store managers. No  assurance can be  given that the  Company will be
successful in attracting, motivating and  retaining such personnel. The  Company
has  no employment agreements with its officers or key personnel other than with
Messrs. Potter and Bedard. See "Management."
 
CHARGE TO INCOME IN THE EVENT OF RELEASE OF ESCROW SHARES
 
    The 1,300,000  shares of  the Company's  Class B  Common Stock  placed  into
escrow  by Messrs.  Potter, Bedard and  Howard in connection  with the Company's
initial public offering will be released upon the achievement by the Company  of
certain  earnings goals  or if  the Class A  Common Stock  reaches certain price
goals. The Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") has adopted  a
position  with  respect  to  arrangements such  as  the  Escrow  Agreement. This
position provides that in the event any  shares are released from escrow to  the
stockholders  of  the  Company  who  are  officers,  directors,  consultants  or
employees of the Company, a non-cash  compensation expense will be recorded  for
financial  reporting  purposes. Therefore,  if the  Company  attains any  of the
earnings thresholds or the Company's Class A Common Stock meets certain  minimum
bid  prices required  for the  release of  the Escrow  Shares, the  release will
require the Company to  recognize additional compensation expense.  Accordingly,
the  Company will, in the  event of the release  of the Escrow Shares, recognize
during the period in which the earnings  thresholds are met or such minimum  bid
prices obtained, what could be a substantial non-cash charge that would have the
effect  of substantially reducing or eliminating earnings, if any, at such time.
Although the amount of compensation expense  recognized by the Company will  not
affect  the Company's  total stockholders'  equity or cash  flow, it  may have a
depressive  effect  on  the  market  price  of  the  Company's  securities.  See
"Principal  and  Selling  Stockholders  -- Escrow  Shares"  and  "Description of
Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    Upon completion of this Offering,  the Company's founders, Daniel A.  Potter
and  John M. Bedard, will beneficially own  or control 420,000 shares of Class A
Common  Stock  and  1,964,876  shares  of  Class  B  Common  Stock  representing
approximately 12.5% of the Company's outstanding capital stock and approximately
37.8%  of the total voting power to be outstanding after the Offering. The Class
A Common Stock and  Class B Common Stock  are essentially identical, except  the
Class  B Common Stock has five votes per  share and the Class A Common Stock has
one vote per share on all matters upon which stockholders can vote. As a result,
Messrs. Potter and Bedard  will be able to  substantially influence all  matters
requiring approval by the stockholders of the Company, including the election of
directors. Furthermore, the disproportionate vote afforded to the Class B Common
Stock  could impede or prevent a change of  control of the Company. As a result,
potential acquirors may be  discouraged from seeking to  acquire control of  the
Company  through  the purchase  of  Class A  Common  Stock, which  could  have a
depressive effect on the price of the  Class A Common Stock. See "Principal  and
Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Securities."
    
 
POSSIBLE DEPRESSIVE EFFECT ON PRICE OF SECURITIES OF FUTURE SALES OF COMMON
STOCK AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS; ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL SHARES
 
   
    Upon  sale of the  6,100,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock offered by the
Company hereby, the Company will have  outstanding 17,102,735 shares of Class  A
Common  Stock (or 18,017,735 shares of Class A Common Stock if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is  exercised in full),  and 2,000,000 shares  of Class  B
Common Stock (including the Escrow Shares). All of the 6,100,000 shares of Class
A  Common  Stock  sold  in  this  Offering  will  be  freely  tradeable  without
restriction under the  Securities Act,  unless acquired by  "affiliates" of  the
Company  as that term is defined in the  Securities Act. In addition, all of the
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
(i) 8,504,825  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
outstanding  redeemable Class B Warrants (the  "Class B Warrants"), (ii) 117,500
shares of  Class A  Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of  the Unit  Purchase
Option  issued to  D.H. Blair Investment  Banking Corp.  ("Blair") in connection
with its services as  underwriter of the Company's  initial pubic offering  (the
"Initial  Option"), (iii) 230,550  shares of Class A  Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the  Unit Purchase  Option issued to  Blair in  connection with  its
services  as  underwriter  of  the  Company's  subsequent  public  offering (the
"Subsequent Option") (collectively, the Initial Option and the Subsequent Option
are referred to as the "Blair Options"),  (iv) 348,050 shares of Class A  Common
Stock  issuable  upon exercise  of  the Class  A  Warrants underlying  the Blair
Options, (v) 696,100 shares  of Class A Common  Stock issuable upon exercise  of
the  Class B Warrants underlying the Blair Options, and (vi) 1,223,450 shares of
Class A Common Stock  (including the 669,000 1996  Option Shares) issuable  upon
exercise  of the  options issued  under the  1994 Stock  Option Plan  (the "1994
Plan"), the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995 Plan"), the 1996 Stock Option Plan
(the "1996 Plan") and  the 1994 Formula Stock  Option Plan (the "Formula  Plan")
(collectively  the 1994,  1995, 1996  and Formula Plans  are referred  to as the
"Plans"), will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities  Act
upon  such exercise, unless  acquired by affiliates of  the Company. The Company
has authorized 50,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which the Company's
Board  of  Directors  has  the  authority,   without  action  or  vote  of   the
stockholders,  to issue  all or  part of any  authorized but  unissued shares of
Class A Common  Stock. Any such  issuance will dilute  the percentage  ownership
interest  of stockholders and may  further dilute the book  value of the Class A
Common Stock.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions, the  Company  and  all  of  the
Company's  present  officers  and  directors have  agreed  not  to  offer, sell,
contract to sell or otherwise  dispose of, any shares  of Class A Common  Stock,
Class B Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable for Class
A  Common Stock  for a  period of 180  days after  the date  of this Prospectus,
without the prior  written consent  of Piper  Jaffray Inc.  See "Description  of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
 
    The sale, or availability for sale, of substantial amounts of Class A Common
Stock  in the public market could  adversely affect the prevailing market prices
of the Company's  securities and  could impair  the Company's  ability to  raise
additional  capital through the sale of  its equity securities. In addition, the
existence of the Blair Options, outstanding options, Class B Warrants, and other
options that may  be issued under  the Stock  Option Plans or  Formula Plan  may
hinder  future financing  by the Company,  and exercise of  these securities may
further dilute the  interest of  the persons  purchasing Class  A Common  Stock.
Further,  the  holders of  such options  may exercise  them at  a time  when the
Company would otherwise  be able to  obtain additional equity  capital on  terms
more favorable to the Company.
 
BROAD DISCRETION OVER USE OF PROCEEDS; UNSPECIFIED ACQUISITIONS
 
    A  substantial portion  of the  estimated net  proceeds of  this Offering is
expected to be  used for  acquisitions, the  repayment of  indebtedness and  new
superstore  openings. Management  will have  broad discretion  in allocating and
applying such  net  proceeds. Failure  to  utilize  the net  proceeds  within  a
reasonable  amount of time following  the closing of this  Offering could have a
materially adverse impact on the  Company's business and results of  operations.
See "Use of Proceeds."
 
UNCLASSIFIED BALANCE SHEET
 
    The  Company uses an unclassified balance sheet in its financial statements,
and as a  result, does  not classify  its assets  or liabilities  as current  or
noncurrent.  If the Company were to use a classified balance sheet, a portion of
videocassette rental inventories could be classified as noncurrent because  they
are not assets that are reasonably expected to be completely realized in cash or
sold  within one year. The acquisition cost of these inventories, however, would
be reflected in current liabilities.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
NO DIVIDENDS
 
    The  Company has paid  no dividends to its  stockholders since its inception
and does not plan to pay dividends  in the foreseeable future. In addition,  the
terms of a loan agreement relating to the Company's
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
bank  debt prohibit the payment of  dividends without the lender's prior written
consent. The Company intends  to reinvest earnings, if  any, in the  development
and  expansion of  its business.  See "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Dividend Policy."
 
LIMITATION ON OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
    Pursuant to  the  Company's Certificate  of  Incorporation, as  amended,  as
authorized  under  applicable Delaware  law, directors  of  the Company  are not
liable for monetary damages for breach  of fiduciary duty, except in  connection
with a breach of the duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for dividend
payments  or stock repurchases illegal under Delaware law or for any transaction
in which a director has derived  an improper personal benefit. In addition,  the
Company's  bylaws  provide  that the  Company  must indemnify  its  officers and
directors to the  fullest extent  permitted by  Delaware law  for all  expenses,
fines  and  judgements (including  reasonable attorneys'  fees) incurred  in the
defense or settlement  of any actions  against such persons  in connection  with
their  having served as officers or directors of the Company. See "Management --
Limitation on Officers' and Directors' Liabilities."
 
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS; DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS;
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws, as well as  Delaware
corporate  law,  contain  certain  provisions  that  could  have  the  effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change  in control of the Company and  could
adversely  affect  the prevailing  market  price of  the  Class A  Common Stock.
Certain of such provisions impose various procedural and other requirements that
could make  it  more difficult  for  stockholders to  effect  certain  corporate
actions.  Other  provisions  allow  the Company  to  issue,  without stockholder
approval, preferred stock having  rights senior to those  of the Class A  Common
Stock.  The Company is authorized  to issue up to  5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01  par value  per share  (the  "Preferred Stock"),  none of  which  is
currently  outstanding. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series,
the terms of which  may be determined at  the time of issuance  by the Board  of
Directors, without further action by stockholders, and may include voting rights
(including  the right to vote as a series on particular matters), preferences as
to dividends and liquidation, conversion and redemption rights and sinking  fund
provisions.  The  issuance of  any Preferred  Stock  could adversely  affect the
rights of the holders of Class A Common Stock, and therefore reduce the value of
the Class  A Common  Stock. In  particular, specific  rights granted  to  future
holders  of Preferred Stock could  be used to restrict  the Company's ability to
merge with or sell its  assets to a third  party, thereby preserving control  of
the Company by its then owners. See "Description of Securities."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The  net proceeds to the  Company from the sale of  the Class A Common Stock
being offered hereby are estimated to be approximately $21,942,000 based upon an
offering  price  per   share  of   $4.00  (approximately   $25,346,000  if   the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is  exercised in full)  after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.
    
 
   
    Although management will  have broad discretion  in allocating and  applying
the  net proceeds of the Offering, the  Company's primary planned use of the net
proceeds will  be  to  provide  working capital  to  make  acquisitions,  reduce
outstanding  debt  of  approximately  $9,300,000  at  September  25,  1996, open
additional stores, and  to meet  other general corporate  purposes. The  Company
does  not currently have any agreements or understandings for the acquisition of
additional stores, and no assurance can be given that any such acquisitions will
be made. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition  and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
    Pending  use of the net proceeds as  described above, the Company intends to
invest the  net  proceeds  from  the Offering  in  short-term  investment  grade
securities.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Class A Common  Stock of the  Company has been  traded under the symbol
"VUPDA" on the Nasdaq National Market since May 8, 1995 and was traded under the
same symbol on  the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market from  July 20, 1994  through May  7,
1995.  The  following  table sets  forth  the high  and  low bid  prices  of the
Company's Class A Common Stock  for the periods for which  it was traded on  the
Nasdaq  SmallCap Market  and sets  forth the  high and  low sale  prices for the
periods for which it has been traded  on the Nasdaq National Market. The  Nasdaq
SmallCap  market  bid quotations  represent  interdealer prices,  without retail
mark-ups, mark-downs or  commissions, and may  not necessarily represent  actual
transactions.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               HIGH      LOW
                                                              -------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
FISCAL 1995
  Quarter ended July 31, 1994 (July 20, 1994 through July
   31, 1994)................................................  $ 4 3/4   $3
  Quarter ended October 31, 1994............................    6 1/4    4 3/4
  Quarter ended January 31, 1995............................    5 3/4    3 3/4
  Quarter ended April 30, 1995..............................    4 1/2    3 5/8
FISCAL 1996
  Quarter ended July 31, 1995(1)............................  $11 7/8   $4 1/4
  Quarter ended October 31, 1995............................   13        7 1/4
  Quarter ended January 31, 1996............................   10        6
  Quarter ended April 30, 1996..............................    8 3/8    5 1/2
FISCAL 1997
  Quarter ended July 31, 1996...............................  $ 9 3/4   $6 3/8
  Quarter ending October 31, 1996 (through September 25,
   1996)....................................................    8 1/8    6 1/2
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) The Company began trading on the Nasdaq National Market on May 8, 1995.
 
   
    On  September 25, 1996, the  last sale price of the  Class A Common Stock as
reported on the Nasdaq National Market was  $6 13/16. As of September 25,  1996,
there were approximately 100 owners of record of Class A Common Stock.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company has never paid  any dividends on its  Common Stock. The Company
currently intends to retain any earnings for use in its operations and expansion
and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
terms of the Company's current loan agreement prohibit the payment of  dividends
without the lender's prior written consent. The payment of dividends, if any, in
the  future will be at the discretion of  the Board of Directors and will depend
upon, among other  things, future earnings,  capital requirements,  restrictions
contained  in  current  banking  and future  financing  agreements,  the general
financial condition of the Company and general business considerations.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The table below sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of July  31,
1996, and as adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of the 6,100,000
shares  of Class A  Common Stock offered  hereby (at a  public offering price of
$4.00 per  share) and  the application  of  the estimated  net proceeds  of  the
Offering.  The table should be read  in conjunction with the Company's financial
statements and notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere
herein. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             JULY 31, 1996
                                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
Notes payable within one year..........................................................  $   8,858   $     158
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
Notes payable due greater than one year................................................  $     560   $     560
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
   outstanding actual or adjusted......................................................          -           -
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized;
   11,002,735 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 17,102,735 shares issued and
   outstanding as adjusted(1)(2)(3)....................................................        110         171
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; 2,000,000 shares authorized, issued
   and outstanding, actual and as adjusted(1)(4).......................................         20          20
Additional paid in capital.............................................................     61,029      82,910
Retained earnings......................................................................      2,749       2,749
Foreign currency translation...........................................................       (100)       (100)
Notes receivable from officers related to the exercise of options......................     (1,811)     (1,811)
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.........................................................     61,997      83,939
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
      Total capitalization.............................................................  $  62,557   $  84,499
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                                                         ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) The Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are essentially identical,
    except that each share of Class A  Common Stock is entitled to one vote  and
    each  share of Class B Common Stock is entitled to five votes. Each share of
    Class B Common Stock is convertible at any time at the option of its  holder
    into  one share of Class  A Common Stock. See  "Description of Securities --
    Common Stock."
 
(2) Excludes (i) 572,150  shares of Class A  Common Stock reserved for  issuance
    upon  exercise of options under the 1994 and 1995 Plans, of which options to
    purchase a  total of  528,450 shares  of Class  A Common  Stock at  exercise
    prices  ranging from $4.3125 to  $8.375 per share have  been granted and are
    currently unexercised; (ii) 50,000 shares  of Class A Common Stock  reserved
    for  issuance upon exercise of options that may be granted under the Formula
    Plan, pursuant to which options to  purchase 6,000 shares of Class A  Common
    Stock at exercise prices of $6.75 and $10.25 per share have been granted and
    are  currently unexercised; (iii)  8,504,825 shares of  Class A Common Stock
    reserved for issuance upon exercise of  the outstanding Class B Warrants  at
    an  exercise price of $8.75 per share; (iv) 348,050 shares of Class A Common
    Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Blair Options; (v)  348,050
    shares  of Class A Common  Stock reserved for issuance  upon exercise of the
    Class A Warrants issuable upon exercise  of the Blair Options; (vi)  696,100
    shares  of  Class A  Common  Stock issuable  upon  exercise of  the  Class B
    Warrants underlying  the Blair  Options; (vii)  the Deficiency  Shares;  and
    (viii)  the 1996 Option  Shares. See "Risk Factors  -- Risks Associated with
    Acquisitions  --   Deficiency   Payments,"  "Description   of   Securities,"
    "Management  --  Stock Option  Plans," "Management  -- Formula  Stock Option
    Plan,"  "Underwriting,"  and  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis   of
    Financial  Condition  and Results  of  Operations --  Liquidity  and Capital
    Resources."
 
(3) Gives effect to the  settlement agreement among Talerico Enterprises,  Inc.,
    Michael   Talerico  and  the  Company  in  August  1996.  See  "Business  --
    Litigation."
 
(4)  Includes  the   1,300,000  Escrow  Shares.   See  "Principal  and   Selling
    Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
 
    The  statements of  operations data  set forth below  for each  of the three
years ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of April
30, 1995 and  1996 are  derived from,  and are  qualified by  reference to,  the
audited  consolidated financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The statements of operations  data for the  years
ended  April 30, 1992 and 1993 and the  balance sheet data as of April 30, 1992,
1993 and 1994 are derived from audited financial statements not included herein.
The statements of  operations data for  the three month  periods ended July  31,
1995  and 1996 and the balance  sheet data as of July  31, 1996 are derived from
the unaudited  financial  statements of  the  Company.  In the  opinion  of  the
Company, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting
only  of normal, recurring adjustments necessary  for a fair presentation of the
results of operations and  financial condition for  such periods. The  unaudited
results  for the three months ended July 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative
of the results  to be expected  for the entire  year. The data  set forth  below
should  be read  in conjunction  with "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,"  the  Company's   financial
statements and notes thereto, and other financial information included elsewhere
herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,        ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                                         1992    1993    1994    1995   1996(1)  1995(2)  1996
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
<S>                                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Rental revenue......................................................  $1,733  $3,234  $4,180  $8,364  $46,592  $4,803  $17,184
  Service fees........................................................     321     459     472     421      491     126      119
  Product sales.......................................................     247     191     337     266    3,421     243    1,260
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
      Total revenues..................................................   2,301   3,884   4,989   9,051   50,504   5,172   18,563
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses............................................   1,367   2,485   2,997   5,986   39,685   3,549   14,539
  Selling, general and administrative.................................     536     955   1,179   2,223    5,362     830    1,978
  Cost of product sales...............................................     168     130     186     136    1,880     167      680
  Amortization of goodwill............................................       -       -       -      83    1,072     119      371
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
      Total costs and expenses........................................   2,071   3,570   4,362   8,428   47,999   4,665   17,568
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Operating income......................................................     230     314     627     623    2,505     507      995
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense....................................................     (63)    (69)   (143)   (194)    (232)    (51)    (165)
  Amortization of debt costs..........................................       -       -       -    (157)       -       -        -
  Other income (expense)..............................................     (12)     36      17     155      548      75      128
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
      Total other income (expense)....................................     (75)    (33)   (126)   (196)     316      24      (37)
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes.................     155     281     501     427    2,821     531      958
Income tax expense....................................................      54     105     200     214    1,193     231      395
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Income from continuing operations.....................................     101     176     301     213    1,628     300      563
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations(3).....................      53       -       -     (59)       -       -        -
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Net income............................................................  $  154  $  176  $  301  $  154  $ 1,628  $  300  $   563
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Net income (loss) per share, fully diluted:
  Continuing operations...............................................  $  .22  $  .19  $  .33  $  .10  $   .14  $  .05  $   .05
  Discontinued operations(3)..........................................     .11       -       -    (.03)       -       -        -
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
  Net income..........................................................  $  .33  $  .19  $  .33  $  .07  $   .14  $  .05  $   .05
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Weighted average shares(4)............................................     465     904     904   2,226   11,229   5,956   12,347
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  THREE MONTHS
                                                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,        ENDED JULY 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------------------  ---------------
                                                                         1992    1993    1994    1995   1996(1)  1995(2)  1996
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
<S>                                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
OPERATING DATA:
Increase in same store sales(5).......................................       -       -     26%     21%      16%     29%       8%
Number of stores open at end of period:
  Company-owned.......................................................      10      13      15      33      204      77      217
  Franchised..........................................................      30      30      31      22       25      23       25
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
      Total...........................................................      40      43      46      55      229     100      242
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
                                                                        ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------  -------
Number of stores opened by the Company
 during the period(6).................................................       4       4       2       4       35       4       12
Number of stores acquired by the Company
 during the period....................................................       -       -       -      14      136      40        1
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              APRIL 30,                        JULY 31,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................  $   1,184  $      70  $      51  $   5,573  $     676  $   1,062
Rental inventory......................................        777      1,097      1,749      4,821     25,701     29,120
Goodwill -- net.......................................          -          -          -      2,912     25,973     25,602
Total assets..........................................      1,389      2,038      3,489     19,450     79,518     86,277
Notes payable.........................................        421        565      1,568      1,278      4,859      9,418
Total liabilities.....................................        996      1,469      2,614      4,279     18,018     24,280
Stockholders' equity..................................        393        569        875     15,171     61,500     61,997
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  During the fourth quarter of fiscal  1996, the Company adopted a new method
    of amortizing videocassette rental inventory.  The effect of the change  for
    recognizing salvage value of base stock and the effect of the application of
    the  new method  of amortizing  videocassette copies  in excess  of the base
    stock to May 1,  1995 had the impact,  in total, of increasing  amortization
    expense  by $2,773,000 and decreasing net  income by $1,604,000, or $.15 per
    share, in  fiscal  1996. See  Note  2  to Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
    Statements.
 
(2)  The application of  the new method of  amortizing videocassettes during the
    first quarter of fiscal 1996 (three months ended July 31, 1995), would  have
    increased  amortization  expense by  $288,000  and decreased  net  income to
    $129,000, or $.02 per share, for the period.
 
(3) Discontinued operations resulted from the disposal of a distribution  center
    in fiscal 1992 and the closing by the Company of
    Gamesters-Registered  Trademark-, a  video game  specialty store,  in fiscal
    1995. See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(4) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation  of
    weighted average shares.
 
(5)  The stores included in same store  sales are Company-owned stores that have
    been owned and operated by the Company  for more than 12 months. Same  store
    sales information with respect to fiscal 1992 and 1993 is not available.
 
(6)  During the first quarter of fiscal 1997 (three months ended July 31, 1996),
    the Company  opened 15  stores and,  as previously  announced, closed  three
    stores in Canada.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The   following  discussion  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its  first
Company-owned  store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company completed
its initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned  stores
and  30 franchised  stores. Subsequently, the  Company substantially accelerated
its growth, and  as of  August 31,  1996, operated  151 acquired  and 71  stores
opened  by the Company in 11 states and  in Canada, and has 26 franchised stores
predominantly in the United States. All  of the Company's stores located in  the
United States are superstores. Superstores are video specialty stores that carry
more than 7,500 rental units.
 
    During  fiscal 1996,  the Company  acquired, in  12 transactions,  136 video
retail superstores. The acquired assets and liabilities related to all of  these
acquisitions are recorded on the Company's balance sheet at their estimated fair
market  value at the  date of the  acquisition. As a  result of the acquisitions
completed during fiscal 1995 and fiscal  1996, the Company anticipates that  its
results  of  operations  will be  reduced  by  the amortization  of  goodwill of
approximately  $25,602,000,  with  anticipated  quarterly  non-cash  charges  of
approximately  $371,000  for  goodwill.  The  Company  anticipates  that  future
acquisitions will involve  the recording  of additional  significant amounts  of
goodwill and deferred charges on its balance sheet.
 
    The  Company generates revenues primarily  from the rental of videocassettes
and video games, from service  fees from its franchisees,  and from the sale  of
products.  As  reflected in  the chart  below, rental  revenues at  Video Update
stores have accounted for  the substantial majority  of the Company's  revenues.
The Company expects that this trend will continue.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,          JULY 31,
                                               -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                 1994       1995       1996       1995       1996
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Rental revenue...............................  $   4,180  $   8,364  $  46,592  $   4,803  $  17,184
Service fees.................................        472        421        491        126        119
Product sales................................        337        266      3,421        243      1,260
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               $   4,989  $   9,051  $  50,504  $   5,172  $  18,563
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective  February 1, 1996,  videocassettes that are  considered base stock
(including copies  one through  three of  new releases)  are amortized  over  36
months  on a straight-line basis to a  salvage value of $6.00 per videocassette.
New release videocassettes are  amortized as follows:  the fourth through  ninth
copies  of each title  per store are  amortized on a  straight-line basis during
their first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a  straight-line
basis  over 30 months  with no salvage  value; and the  tenth and any succeeding
copies of each  title per store  are amortized on  a straight-line basis  during
their  first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a straight-line
basis over three months with no  salvage value. The changes, which represent  in
part  a change in accounting principle and a change in accounting estimate, have
been reflected in the Company's financial statements in total as a change in  an
estimate in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
    The effect of the change for recognizing salvage value of base stock and the
effect  of the application of the  new method of amortizing videocassette copies
in excess  of the  base stock  to May  1, 1995,  had the  impact, in  total,  of
increasing  amortization  expense by  $2,773,000  and decreasing  net  income by
$1,604,000, or $.15 per share, for fiscal  1996, all of which has been  recorded
in the fourth quarter.
 
    Amortization  expense as a percentage of revenue for future periods may vary
based on the Company's purchase of videocassette inventory, which is subject  to
the Company's rate of expansion, studio release schedules and anticipated market
demand.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The table below sets forth the percentage of revenues represented by certain
items  included  in  the  Company's  statement  of  operations  for  the periods
indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                      JULY 31,
                                                               -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                 1994       1995       1996       1995       1996
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Rental revenue.............................................       83.8%      92.4%      92.2%      92.9%      92.6%
  Service fees...............................................        9.5        4.7        1.0        2.4        0.6
  Product sales..............................................        6.7        2.9        6.8        4.7        6.8
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total revenues.......................................      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses...................................       60.1       66.1       78.6       68.6       78.3
  Selling, general and administrative........................       23.6       24.6       10.6       16.1       10.7
  Cost of product sales......................................        3.7        1.5        3.7        3.2        3.7
  Amortization of goodwill...................................          -        0.9        2.1        2.3        2.0
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total costs and expenses.............................       87.4       93.1       95.0       90.2       94.7
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income...........................................       12.6        6.9        5.0        9.8        5.3
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense...........................................       (2.9)      (2.1)      (0.5)      (1.0)      (0.9)
  Amortization of debt costs.................................          -       (1.7)         -          -          -
  Other income...............................................        0.3        1.7        1.1        1.5        0.7
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Total other income (expense).........................       (2.6)      (2.1)       0.6        0.5       (0.2)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes........       10.0        4.8        5.6       10.3        5.1
Income tax expense...........................................        4.0        2.4        2.4        4.5        2.1
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations............................        6.0        2.4        3.2        5.8        3.0
Net loss from discontinued operations........................          -       (0.7)         -          -          -
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income...................................................        6.0%       1.7%       3.2%       5.8%       3.0%
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995
 
    RENTAL  REVENUE.     Rental  revenue  was   approximately  $17,184,000   and
$4,803,000, or 92.6% and 92.9% of total revenues for the three months ended July
31,  1996 and 1995, respectively. The  increase in rental revenue of $12,381,000
was derived from video  stores acquired during fiscal  1996 which accounted  for
approximately  $6,401,000 or 51.7% of  the increase, from the  opening of 42 new
Company-owned stores since the first quarter of fiscal 1996 which accounted  for
approximately  $3,552,000 or 28.7% of  the increase, and from  an 8% increase in
same store revenues.
 
    SERVICE FEES.   Service fees  were approximately $119,000  and $126,000,  or
0.6%  and 2.4% of  total revenues for the  three months ended  July 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.  Continuing  service  fees and  royalties  from  franchisees
accounted  for 97% and 100% of total service fees, respectively. The decrease in
service fees as a percentage of total revenues was due to a significant increase
in the number of  Company-owned stores without a  corresponding increase in  the
number of franchised stores.
 
    PRODUCT SALES.  Product sales were approximately $1,260,000 and $243,000, or
6.8%  and 4.7% of  total revenues for the  three months ended  July 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively. The increase in product sales of $1,017,000 was a result  of
product  sales by the video stores  acquired during fiscal 1996, which accounted
for approximately $558,000 or 54.9% of the increase, and from the opening of  42
Company-owned  video stores since the first quarter of fiscal 1996. The increase
in product  sales as  a percentage  of total  revenues was  a result  of  higher
product  sales as  a percentage  of total revenues  by video  stores acquired in
fiscal 1996.
 
    STORE OPERATING EXPENSES.   Store  operating expenses  consist primarily  of
compensation  and  related expenses,  occupancy  expenses, and  depreciation and
amortization expenses.  Operating expenses  were approximately  $14,539,000  and
$3,549,000, or 78.3% and 68.6% of total revenues for the three months ended July
31,  1996 and  1995, respectively. The  increase in store  operating expenses of
$10,990,000, was
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
primarily the  result of  video stores  acquired during  fiscal 1996,  from  the
opening of 42 Company-owned video stores since the first quarter of fiscal 1996,
and  from an  increase in  amortization expense  related to  videocassettes. The
increase in  store operating  expenses as  a percentage  of total  revenues  was
primarily  due to a  change in accounting  method for amortizing videocassettes,
additional regional expenses related to  developing new markets, higher  initial
expenses  related  to  new  store  openings,  and  the  higher  compensation and
occupancy costs of video stores acquired during fiscal 1996.
 
    Compensation  and  related  expenses   were  approximately  $3,977,000   and
$1,017,000, or 21.4% and 19.7% of total revenues for the three months ended July
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increase of $2,960,000 was primarily due to
video  stores  acquired during  fiscal  1996 which  accounted  for approximately
$1,612,000 or 54.5%  of the increase  and from the  opening of 42  Company-owned
video  stores  since  the  first  quarter of  fiscal  1996.  The  increase  as a
percentage of total revenues was primarily due to additional regional management
expenses related  to developing  new markets  and higher  initial payroll  costs
associated with the opening of new Company-owned video stores.
 
    Occupancy  expenses were approximately $4,041,000 and $963,000, or 21.8% and
18.6% of total  revenues for  the three  months ended  July 31,  1996 and  1995,
respectively.  The  increase of  approximately $3,078,000  was primarily  due to
video stores  acquired during  fiscal 1996,  which accounted  for $1,327,000  or
43.1%  of the increase, from the expansion  of several stores in fiscal 1996 and
from the opening of  42 Company-owned stores since  the first quarter of  fiscal
1996. The increase as a percentage of total revenues was primarily due to higher
occupancy  costs associated  with the  video stores  acquired and  opened during
fiscal 1996 and since the  first quarter of fiscal 1996,  and higher costs as  a
percentage  of total  revenues associated with  the opening of  new video stores
prior to revenue reaching maturity during the first year of operations.
 
    Depreciation and  amortization expenses  were approximately  $5,144,000  and
$1,050,000, or 27.7% and 20.3% of total revenues for the three months ended July
31,  1996 and 1995, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense reflects
the depreciation  of  store  equipment  and fixtures  and  the  amortization  of
videocassettes.  The increase  of $4,094,000  was primarily  attributable to the
addition of new release videocassette inventory for new, existing, and  acquired
stores.  The application of  the new method  of amortizing videocassettes during
the first quarter of fiscal 1996 (three months ended July 31, 1995), would  have
increased  amortization expense to $1,338,000 or to approximately 25.9% of total
revenues. Amortization expense also  increased as a percentage  of sales in  the
first  quarter  of  fiscal  1997  (three months  ended  July  31,  1996)  due to
additional tape purchases as a percentage of sales for new store openings  prior
to  reaching maturity during the first  year of operations. Amortization expense
as a percentage of revenues for future  periods may vary based on the  Company's
purchase  of videocassette inventory, which is  subject to the Company's rate of
expansion, studio release schedules and anticipated market demand.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses were approximately $1,978,000 and $830,000, or 10.7% and 16.1% of total
revenues  for the three months  ended July 31, 1996  and 1995, respectively. The
increase of  approximately $1,148,000  was primarily  due to  adding  management
personnel  and administrative staff to support  the Company's growth and related
expenditures. The decrease  as a  percentage of total  revenues was  due to  the
increases  in  total  revenues  without  a  proportional  increase  in corporate
overhead.
 
    COST OF PRODUCT SALES.  Cost of product sales was approximately $680,000 and
$167,000, or 3.7% and 3.2% of total revenues for the three months ended July 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively. The cost of product sales as a percentage of  total
product  sales revenue  was approximately  54.0% and  68.7% for  fiscal 1996 and
1995, respectively. The decrease in the cost of product sales as a percentage of
total product sales was primarily the result of a different mix of products sold
in video stores acquired during fiscal 1996.
 
    AMORTIZATION OF  GOODWILL.    Amortization  of  goodwill  was  approximately
$371,000  and $119,000 or 2.0%  and 2.3% of total  revenues for the three months
ended July 31,  1996 and  1995, respectively. The  decrease as  a percentage  of
total revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in sales from new store
openings  without  a  proportional  increase  in  the  amortization  of  certain
intangible assets resulting from the video stores acquired in fiscal 1996.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was approximately $165,000 and  $51,000,
or  0.9% and 1.0% of total revenues for the three months ended July 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.  The  increase of  $114,000  was primarily  attributable  to
interest on increased borrowings under the Company's bank line of credit.
 
    OTHER  INCOME.  Other income was approximately $128,000 and $75,000, or 0.7%
and 1.5% of total revenues  for the three months ended  July 31, 1996 and  1995,
respectively.  The increase of  $53,000 was primarily due  to interest earned on
notes receivable from officers.
 
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
 
    RENTAL  REVENUE.     Rental  revenue  was   approximately  $46,592,000   and
$8,364,000,  or 92.2%  and 92.4%  of total  revenues for  fiscal 1996  and 1995,
respectively. The increase  in rental  revenue of $38,228,000  was derived  from
video  stores  acquired  during  the period  which  accounted  for approximately
$28,998,000 or 75.9% of the increase,  from the opening of 35 new  Company-owned
stores  which accounted for  approximately $4,735,000 or  12.4% of the increase,
and from a 16% increase in same store revenues.
 
    SERVICE FEES.   Service fees  were approximately $491,000  and $421,000,  or
1.0%  and  4.7%  of  total  revenues for  fiscal  1996  and  1995, respectively.
Continuing service fees  and royalties  from franchisees accounted  for 95%  and
100%  of total  service fees,  respectively. The decrease  in service  fees as a
percentage of total revenues was due to a significant increase in the number  of
Company-owned stores without a corresponding increase in the number of franchise
stores.
 
    PRODUCT SALES.  Product sales were approximately $3,421,000 and $266,000, or
6.8%  and 2.9%  of total  revenues for fiscal  1996 and  1995, respectively. The
increase in product sales  of $3,155,000 was  a result of  product sales by  the
video  stores  acquired  during  the period  which  accounted  for approximately
$2,505,000 or  79.4% of  the increase,  the opening  of 35  Company-owned  video
stores,  and sales  of inventory  and fixtures  to franchisees.  The increase in
product sales as a percentage of total  revenues was a result of higher  product
sales  as a  percentage of  total revenues by  video stores  acquired during the
period and increased sales of inventory and fixtures to franchisees.
 
    STORE OPERATING  EXPENSES.    Store operating  expenses  were  approximately
$39,685,000 and $5,986,000, or 78.6% and 66.1% of total revenues for fiscal 1996
and 1995, respectively. The increase in store operating expenses of $33,699,000,
was primarily the result of video stores acquired during the period, the opening
of  35 Company-owned video stores, a  change in accounting method for amortizing
videocassettes, and the expansion and  relocation of video stores during  fiscal
1996. The increase in store operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues
was   primarily  due   to  a   change  in   accounting  method   for  amortizing
videocassettes, additional regional expenses related to developing new  markets,
and  expenses related to new store openings and video stores acquired during the
period.
 
    Compensation  and  related  expenses  were  approximately  $12,601,000   and
$1,922,000,  or 25.0%  and 21.2%  of total  revenues for  fiscal 1996  and 1995,
respectively. The  increase of  $10,679,000 was  primarily due  to video  stores
acquired during the period which accounted for approximately $7,254,000 or 67.9%
of  the increase and the opening of  35 Company-owned video stores. The increase
as a percentage  of total  revenues was  due to  additional regional  management
expenses  related  to  developing  new  markets,  higher  initial  payroll costs
associated  with  video  stores  acquired  and  higher  initial  payroll   costs
associated with the opening of new Company-owned video stores.
 
    Occupancy  expenses were approximately $10,304,000  and $1,426,000, or 20.4%
and 15.8% of total revenues for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increase
of $8,878,000, was  primarily due to  video stores acquired  during the  period,
which  accounted  for $6,429,000  or  72.4% of  the  increase, the  expansion of
several stores in fiscal  1996 and the opening  of 35 Company-owned stores.  The
increase  as a percentage  of total revenues  was primarily due  to higher costs
associated with the video stores acquired during the period and higher costs  as
a  percentage of total revenues associated with  the opening of new video stores
prior to revenue reaching maturity during the first year of operations.
 
    Depreciation and amortization  expenses were  approximately $13,894,000  and
$1,879,000,  or 27.5%  and 20.8%  of total  revenues for  fiscal 1996  and 1995,
respectively. The increase of $12,015,000 was primarily
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
attributable to the  addition of  new release videocassette  inventory for  new,
existing,  and  acquired  stores and  a  change  in policy  for  amortization of
videocassettes.  Depreciation  and   amortization  expenses   would  have   been
approximately $11,121,000, or 22.0% of total revenues, had the accounting change
in  amortization of videocassettes not  been made. The effect  of the change for
recognizing salvage value of base stock and the effect of the application of the
new method of amortizing videocassette copies in excess of the base stock to May
1, 1995,  had  the impact,  in  total,  of increasing  amortization  expense  by
$2,773,000  and decreasing net income by $1,604,000 or $.15 per share, in fiscal
1996.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses  were approximately  $5,362,000 and $2,223,000,  or 10.6%  and 24.6% of
total  revenues  for  fiscal  1996  and  1995,  respectively.  The  increase  of
approximately  $3,139,000 was primarily  due to adding  management personnel and
administrative staff to support the  Company's growth and related  expenditures.
The decrease as a percentage of total revenues was due to the increases in total
revenues without a proportional increase in corporate overhead.
 
    COST  OF PRODUCT SALES.  Cost  of product sales was approximately $1,880,000
and $136,000, or  3.7% and  1.5% of  total revenues  for fiscal  1996 and  1995,
respectively.  The cost of product sales as  a percentage of total product sales
revenue  was  approximately  55.0%   and  51.1%  for   fiscal  1996  and   1995,
respectively. The increase in the cost of product sales as a percentage of total
product  sales was primarily the  result of a different  mix of products sold in
video stores acquired during the period  and the sale of inventory and  fixtures
to franchisees.
 
    AMORTIZATION  OF  GOODWILL.    Amortization  of  goodwill  was approximately
$1,072,000 and $83,000, or 2.1% and 0.9%  of total revenues for fiscal 1996  and
1995,  respectively. The increase was primarily attributable to the amortization
of certain intangible assets resulting from the video stores acquired during the
period.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was approximately $232,000 and $194,000,
or 0.5% and 2.1% of total revenues  for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The
increase  of $38,000 was primarily attributable  to interest on debt incurred or
assumed from  the  video stores  acquired  during  the period  and  interest  on
borrowings under the Company's bank line of credit.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  Other income was approximately $548,000 and $155,000, or 1.1%
and  1.7% of total revenues for fiscal 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increase
of $393,000 was primarily due to interest earned on approximately $7,200,000  of
net  proceeds  from  the  April  7, 1995  public  offering,  interest  earned on
approximately $28,414,000  of net  proceeds from  the exercise  of the  Class  A
Warrants  prior  to their  use  for acquisitions  and  interest earned  on notes
receivable from related parties.
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
    RENTAL REVENUE.  Rental revenue was approximately $8,364,000 and  $4,180,000
for  fiscal  1995 and  1994,  respectively. The  increase  in rental  revenue of
$4,184,000 was the result of revenues derived from video stores acquired  during
the  period  which  accounted  for approximately  $2,702,000,  or  64.6%  of the
increase, with the balance  of the increase resulting  from (i) the increase  in
same  store revenues  of 21%,  and (ii)  the opening  of four  new Company-owned
superstores.
 
    SERVICE FEES.   Service fees  were approximately $421,000  and $472,000  for
fiscal  1995  and  1994,  respectively, of  which  continuing  service  fees and
royalties accounted for 100% and 86%, respectively, of service fee revenues  for
these periods.
 
    PRODUCT  SALES.  Product sales were  approximately $266,000 and $337,000 for
fiscal 1995 and 1994,  respectively. The decrease in  product sales of  $71,000,
reflects   the  sale  of   less  initial  catalog   videocassette  inventory  to
franchisees. The decrease was offset in part by an increase in product sales  by
video  stores acquired during the period,  and the opening of four Company-owned
video stores.
 
    STORE OPERATING  EXPENSES.    Store operating  expenses  were  approximately
$5,986,000  and $2,997,000 for fiscal 1995  and 1994, respectively. The increase
in store operating expenses of  $2,989,000, resulted primarily from expenses  of
the  video stores acquired during the  period, the opening of four Company-owned
video
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
superstores, the expansion  and relocation of  several video superstores  during
fiscal  1995, and an  increase in the  starting hourly wage  of store employees.
Store operating expenses  as a percentage  of rental revenue  of $8,364,000  and
$4,180,000  for  fiscal  1995  and  1994,  were  approximately  71.6%  and 71.7%
respectively.
 
    Compensation and related expenses were approximately $1,922,000 and $892,000
for fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The increase of $1,030,000, was due  to
(i)  expenses related to video stores acquired during the period which accounted
for $636,000 of the increase, (ii) higher initial costs associated with  opening
and  relocating Company-owned  superstores, (iii) same  store expense increases,
(iv) an increase in the  starting hourly wages of  store employees, and (v)  the
hiring of additional store managers due to expansion.
 
    Occupancy  expenses were  approximately $1,426,000  and $630,000  for fiscal
1995 and 1994, respectively. The  increase of $796,000, reflected the  expansion
of  several  stores in  fiscal  1995, the  opening  of four  Company-owned video
superstores during fiscal 1995, and the video stores acquired during the period.
 
    Depreciation and  amortization expenses  were approximately  $1,879,000  and
$1,083,000 for fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase of $796,000, was
primarily attributable to the additional new release videocassette inventory for
new,  existing and acquired stores  as part of the  Company's marketing plan. In
fiscal 1995, the Company had a  change in accounting estimate pertaining to  the
amortization   method  for  rental  videocassettes,  which  had  the  effect  of
increasing net income by approximately $251,000.
 
    Other operating  expenses,  consisting  of  the balance  of  the  change  in
operating expenses (i.e. advertising expenses) changed proportionally with sales
increases.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses were approximately $2,223,000 and $1,179,000 for fiscal 1995 and  1994,
respectively. The increase of approximately $1,044,000, was primarily due to the
addition  of management personnel and additional administrative staff to support
the Company's planned growth and related expenditures.
 
    COST OF PRODUCT SALES.   Cost of product  sales were approximately  $136,000
and  $186,000 for fiscal 1995 and 1994,  respectively. The cost of product sales
as a percentage of total product sales revenue was approximately 51.1% and 55.2%
for fiscal 1995 and  1994, respectively. The  percentage decrease was  primarily
the result of the mix of products sold.
 
    AMORTIZATION  OF  GOODWILL.    Amortization  of  goodwill  was approximately
$83,000 for  fiscal 1995  with  no corresponding  amount  for fiscal  1994.  The
increase  was primarily attributable  to the amortization  of certain intangible
assets resulting from the acquisitions during the period.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was approximately $194,000 and  $143,000
for  fiscal 1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase of $51,000, was due to the
approximately $620,000 of notes ("Subordinated  Notes") issued in the  Company's
subordinated note offering in February 1994 and the $1,000,000 of notes ("Bridge
Notes")  issued in the Company's bridge  financing in May 1994. The Subordinated
Notes and Bridge Notes were paid in full when the Company completed its  initial
public offering in July 1994.
 
    AMORTIZATION  OF DEBT COSTS.   Amortization of  debt costs was approximately
$157,000 for fiscal 1995  with no corresponding expense  for fiscal 1994.  These
debt  costs related  to the  issuance of the  Subordinated Notes  and the Bridge
Notes, both of which were paid in full in July 1994.
 
    OTHER INCOME.   Other  income  was approximately  $155,000 and  $17,000  for
fiscal  1995 and  1994, respectively. The  increase of $138,000  resulted from a
gain on the  sale of  securities and  an increase in  the rent  received from  a
Company-owned building.
 
    The  net  loss from  discontinued  operations and  disposal  of discontinued
operations was approximately $59,000 (net of tax) for fiscal 1995. The net  loss
from  discontinued operations  and disposal of  discontinued operations resulted
from the closing of the Company's Gamesters-Registered Trademark-, a video  game
specialty store.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company has  funded its  operations through  cash from  operations, the
proceeds of prior equity and  debt offerings, borrowings under bank  facilities,
trade credit and equipment leases. The Company's principal
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
capital  requirements are for the acquisition of existing stores, the opening of
new superstores, and the  purchase of videocassette  rental inventory, which  is
subject  to  the  Company's  rate of  expansion,  studio  release  schedules and
anticipated market demand.
 
    At July 31, 1996, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately
$1,062,000. The  Company uses  an unclassified  balance sheet  in its  financial
statements,  and as  a result,  does not classify  its assets  or liabilities as
current or noncurrent. If the Company were to use a classified balance sheet,  a
portion  of videocassette rental  inventories would be  classified as noncurrent
because they  are not  assets  that are  reasonably  expected to  be  completely
realized in cash or sold in one year. The acquisition cost of these inventories,
however,  would be reflected  in current liabilities.  The Company believes that
classification of videocassette rental inventories as noncurrent assets would be
misleading because it  would not  indicate the level  of assets  expected to  be
converted  into cash in the next  year as a result of  rentals or sales of these
videocassettes.
 
    For the year ended April 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating activities
was approximately  $19,083,000.  Net  cash used  in  investment  activities  was
approximately $53,683,000, consisting primarily of approximately $17,391,000 for
businesses  acquired during  the period,  approximately $12,301,000  for new and
remodeled  stores,   and  approximately   $22,739,000   for  the   purchase   of
videocassette  inventory for existing and new  stores, and for the conversion of
stores acquired during the period. Net cash generated from financing  activities
was  approximately  $29,703,000, resulting  primarily from  the exercise  of the
Class A Warrants.
 
    For the three  months ended July  31, 1996, net  cash provided by  operating
activities  was approximately $6,798,000. Net cash used in investment activities
was approximately $10,972,000, consisting primarily of approximately  $3,062,000
for  new and remodeled  stores and approximately $7,910,000  for the purchase of
videocassette inventory for existing and new  stores, and for the conversion  of
stores acquired during fiscal 1996. Net cash generated from financing activities
was  approximately  $4,560,000  resulting  primarily  from  borrowings  from the
Company's bank line of credit.
 
   
    In April 1996, the Company entered into a one-year revolving credit facility
with Bank of America Illinois (the "Line of Credit") under which the Company may
borrow up to $10,000,000, with  amounts borrowed thereunder bearing interest  at
variable  rates based  on the  federal funds rate,  prime rate  or the interbank
Eurodollar rate. The Line of Credit is convertible into a two-year term loan  if
it  is not renewed. As of the  date of this Prospectus, approximately $9,300,000
was outstanding under the Line of Credit, bearing interest at 8.25%. During  the
term  of  the  Line of  Credit  and thereafter  to  the extent  any  amounts are
outstanding under  the  Line  of  Credit, the  Company  is  subject  to  various
restrictive covenants, including limitations on further indebtedness, other than
trade  credit and capital or operating leases, and requirements that the Company
obtain the  written  consent  of  Bank  of  America  (the  "Bank")  for  certain
acquisitions  of  new  businesses  or  their  assets  (excluding  new superstore
openings) or entering into business combinations, including mergers,  syndicates
or  joint ventures. In particular, the Bank's  prior consent is required for any
merger, acquisition or purchase in which  the consideration paid by the  Company
exceeds  (a) 5% of the Company's consolidated stockholder's equity ("Net Worth")
immediately prior to any one acquisition and (b) 10% of the Company's Net  Worth
as  of  its  most  recent fiscal  year  end  in  the aggregate  as  to  all such
acquisitions. The Line  of Credit also  restricts the amount  and terms of  debt
that  may be  issued to  sellers of  acquired businesses  and requires  that the
Company maintain certain  cash flow ratios  as well as  certain ratios of  total
liabilities  to tangible net worth. In September  1996, the Bank and the Company
entered into an amendment to  the Line of Credit,  which will be effective  upon
the  closing of the  Offering (the "Amendment"). The  Amendment modifies the Net
Worth covenants relating  to mergers,  acquisitions and  purchases and  provides
that  during the term of the Line of  Credit, the Bank's consent is required for
(i) any  one  transaction or  series  of substantially  contemporaneous  related
transactions involving $12,000,000 in consideration and (ii) all transactions in
the  aggregate involving consideration equal to the lesser of $55,000,000 or the
net proceeds received by the Company from the Offering.
    
 
    In fiscal 1996, the Company opened  35 new superstores. The Company  expects
to  open 60 or more new superstores during fiscal 1997. The Company expects that
each superstore opening will require on average
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
initial  capital  expenditures  estimated   at  $260,000,  including   leasehold
improvements,  inventory, equipment  and costs  related to  site location, lease
negotiations, construction  supervision,  and  local permits,  but  excluding  a
portion  of leasehold improvements that are customarily paid for by the property
developer. The Company  expects to  finance these new  superstore openings  with
proceeds  from this Offering,  cash from operations  and amounts available under
the Line of Credit.
 
    During fiscal  1996, the  Company acquired,  in 12  transactions, 136  video
retail  stores.  The cost  of  conversion of  acquired  stores to  the Company's
superstore design varies  and, unless remodeled,  has ranged from  approximately
$12,000  to  $86,000  per  store,  which costs  were  primarily  related  to the
installation of the Company's POS system, interior and exterior signage, and the
addition of inventory.
 
   
    In connection with  six of the  Company's recent acquisitions  in which  the
Company  has issued an  aggregate of 650,613  shares of Class  A Common Stock to
sellers, the  Company may  be  obligated to  make  Deficiency Payments  to  such
sellers  equal to  the difference  between the  Guaranteed Price  for each share
issued, and the actual market  or sales price of such  shares as of a  specified
date.  Based upon  an offering price  of $4.00 per  share of the  Class A Common
Stock and subject to compliance  by the holders of  such stock with agreed  upon
conditions, the aggregate Deficiency Payments that the Company may be liable for
is  approximately $2,843,000 (of which payments that  may be due with respect to
255,270 shares may be paid in shares  of Class A Common Stock, at the  Company's
option).
    
 
    To  the extent that the Company pursues any future acquisitions, the Company
expects to finance such  acquisitions from the net  proceeds of debt and  equity
offerings,  including  this  Offering,  with  cash  from  operations,  and  from
borrowings under  credit facilities.  See  "Use of  Proceeds" and  "Business  --
Growth Strategy."
 
   
    The  Company has amended  recourse notes receivables  (the "Recourse Notes")
from  the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  from  the  President   for
approximately   $2,089,000  and  $1,161,000,   respectively,  including  accrued
interest through  July 31,  1996. The  Recourse Notes,  which provide  for  full
recourse   against  the   respective  officer's  personal   assets  and  Company
stockholdings, are payable in ten equal  annual installments, the last of  which
is  due in May 2005,  and accrue interest at 6.9%  per annum. The Recourse Notes
were issued by  the executives  upon their exercise  in August  1995 of  420,000
options  granted to them under the Stock Option Plans in May 1995 at an exercise
price of $4.3125, the  fair market value  of the stock on  the date the  options
were  granted. The  Recourse Notes  represent the  total exercise  price of such
options plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to satisfy  then
anticipated tax liabilities. On the effective date of the Offering, the Recourse
Notes  shall be evidenced by  promissory notes bearing interest  at a rate of 8%
per annum, with payment of principal  and interest due on the third  anniversary
of  the closing of the  Offering. In the event that  the obligors sell shares of
the Company's stock,  the net proceeds  thereof will be  applied to payment,  in
part or in full, of the Recourse Notes. See "Certain Transactions."
    
 
    In addition, as of July 31, 1996, the Company has a note receivable from the
President  of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum and
is due  November 1996.  The note  represents advances  from the  Company to  the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
 
    The  Company generally does not offer lines  of credit or guarantees for the
obligations of its franchisees, although on occasion, the Company has made short
term  loans  to  current  franchisees.  The  Company  intends  to  evaluate  the
possibility  of  providing loans  or limited  guarantees for  certain franchisee
obligations, which  in the  aggregate are  not expected  to be  material to  the
Company's financial condition.
 
    Substantially  all Company-owned stores  are in leased  premises, except for
three stores that  are located  on premises owned  by the  Company. The  Company
expects that most future stores will occupy leased premises.
 
    The  Company believes that  the net proceeds of  the Offering, together with
its current cash from operations and borrowing capabilities, will be  sufficient
to  meet its anticipated cash requirements  and anticipated growth over the next
twelve months.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
INFLATION
 
    To date, inflation has not had a material effect on the Company's  business.
The  Company anticipates that its business  will be affected by general economic
trends. Although the Company has not operated during a period of high inflation,
it believes that it  would generally be able  to pass increased costs  resulting
from inflation on to customers.
 
SEASONALITY AND QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  unaudited  quarterly
financial information of  the Company for  the periods indicated  and should  be
read  in conjunction with the Company's  financial statements and notes thereto,
and other financial information included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    --------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                    JULY 31,   OCT 31,   JAN 31,   APR 30,   JULY 31,   OCT 31,  JAN 31,  APR 30,
                                                      1994      1994      1995      1995     1995(1)     1995     1996    1996(2)
                                                    --------   -------   -------   -------   --------   -------  -------  -------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues..........................................   $1,231    $1,712    $2,903    $3,205     $5,172    $10,671  $17,076  $17,585
Operating income (loss)...........................        7       127       325       164        507        818    1,944    (764)
Other income (loss)...............................     (237)      (16)      (11)       68         24         47       89     156
Net income (loss).................................     (146)       27       177        96        300        486    1,177    (335)
Net income (loss) per share.......................   $ (.20)   $  .01    $  .07    $  .03     $  .05    $   .05  $   .10  $ (.03)
 
<CAPTION>
                                                      THREE
                                                     MONTHS
                                                      ENDED
                                                    ---------
                                                    JULY 31,
                                                      1996
                                                    ---------
 
<S>                                                 <C>
Revenues..........................................   $18,563
Operating income (loss)...........................       995
Other income (loss)...............................       (37)
Net income (loss).................................       563
Net income (loss) per share.......................   $   .05
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) The application of  the new method of  amortizing videocassettes during  the
    first  quarter of fiscal 1996 (three months ended July 31, 1995), would have
    increased amortization  expense  by $288,000  and  decreased net  income  to
    $129,000, or $.02 per share, for the period.
 
(2)  Includes the  effect of  the change for  recognizing salvage  value of base
    stock and the  effect of  the application of  the new  method of  amortizing
    videocassette  copies in excess of the base stock to May 1, 1995, which had,
    in total, the impact  of increasing amortization  expense by $2,773,000  and
    decreasing net income by $1,604,000, or $.15 per share, for fiscal 1996, all
    of which has been recorded in the fourth quarter.
 
    The  video rental industry  generally experiences revenue  declines in April
and May, due  in part to  the change to  Daylight Savings Time  and to  improved
weather,  and in September and  October, due in part  to school openings and the
introduction of new network and cable television programs.
 
    The Company's  video  rental business  may  be affected  by  other  factors,
including  acquisitions by the Company of  existing video stores, additional and
existing competition, marketing  programs, weather, special  or unusual  events,
variations  in the  number of  superstore openings,  the quality  of new release
titles available for rental and sale and other factors that may affect retailers
in general.
 
    INFORMATION CONTAINED  IN  THIS  "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" SECTION CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS"  WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE  PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT
OF 1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY  SUCH
AS  "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE" OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON  OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES, THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL
RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The Company owns  and operates  222 video  specialty stores  under the  name
"Video  Update"  located  in  Alaska,  Arizona,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Minnesota,
Missouri, Nevada,  Pennsylvania, Texas,  Washington,  Wisconsin and  Canada  and
franchises  26  additional video  specialty stores  predominantly in  the United
States, as of August 31, 1996. All of the Company's stores in the United States,
and 33 or approximately  50% of the Company's  Canadian stores, are  superstores
which  are defined  as retail  video stores  that carry  more than  7,500 rental
units. The Company believes that, as of the end of its most recent fiscal  year,
it  is the fourth largest video specialty  retailer in the United States and the
third largest video specialty retailer in  Canada based on the number of  stores
it  operates and franchises. Video Update stores in the United States and Canada
offer on  average approximately  11,300 and  8,000 rental  units,  respectively,
including  multiple copies  of new  and popular releases  and video  games, in a
visually appealing and customer friendly layout.
 
    The Company franchised its first store in January 1983 and opened its  first
Company-owned  store in September 1989. By July 1994, when the Company completed
its initial public offering,  the Company had grown  to 15 Company-owned  stores
and  30 franchised stores  and had developed  a cost-effective superstore format
that distinguished the Company from other  video retailers by providing it  with
the  flexibility to expand into desirable sites  in both small and large markets
without compromising profitability  or decreasing the  number of viable  markets
into which it could expand. During fiscal 1996, the Company grew rapidly in size
from  33 to 204  Company-owned stores. During this  period, the Company acquired
136 video stores in  12 transactions and opened  35 new video superstores.  Same
store  sales during fiscal 1996  increased by approximately 16%.  As a result of
these acquisitions, new superstore openings  and increases in same store  sales,
the  Company's revenues and  net income increased  from approximately $9,051,000
and $154,000  in fiscal  1995, respectively,  to approximately  $50,504,000  and
$1,628,000 in fiscal 1996, respectively.
 
GENERAL
 
    THE HOME VIDEO INDUSTRY
 
    The  home video retail industry has  experienced significant growth over the
last several years. According to Paul  Kagan's THE STATE OF HOME VIDEO  industry
report,  gross revenues for  the home video  industry in the  United States have
grown from approximately $2.9 billion for rentals and approximately $656 million
for sales in 1985 to approximately $9.9 billion for rentals and approximately $5
billion for sales in 1995 and are projected to reach approximately $12.7 billion
and approximately $9.1  billion, respectively,  by the year  2005. Paul  Kagan's
research  also indicates  that in  1995 over  80% of  American households owning
televisions also owned a VCR.
 
    According to Paul  Kagan, total  United States consumer  spending on  filmed
entertainment   has  increased  from  approximately  $4.6  billion  in  1980  to
approximately $31 billion  in 1994.  According to  a report  published by  MEDIA
GROUP  RESEARCH, a video industry analyst, the home video market was the largest
single source of revenue to movie  studios, accounting for approximately 54%  of
movie  studios' total revenues. Of the many movies produced by major studios and
released in the United States each  year, relatively few are profitable for  the
studios  based on box office revenue alone. In addition to purchasing box office
hits, video specialty stores typically purchase movies on video that were not as
successful at the box office because customers will often rent a video that they
might not view  at a theater.  The Company  believes that the  consumer is  more
likely  to view movies that were  not box office hits on  a rented video than on
any other medium because video specialty stores provide an inviting  opportunity
to  browse and  make an  impulse choice  among a  very broad  selection of movie
titles at a relatively  low price. These purchases  by the video stores  provide
the  major movie studios with  a reliable source of  revenue for the majority of
their movies.
 
    The Company  believes that  the home  video industry  is highly  fragmented.
According  to published reports by Paul Kagan, a media analyst unaffiliated with
the Company, in 1994 an estimated 27,400 video specialty stores operated in  the
United  States, including  approximately 6,100  superstores. According  to VIDEO
STORE MAGAZINE, an  industry publication,  only nine  multiple store  businesses
operated  in excess of 100 stores in  1995. The Company also believes that there
has been a recent trend toward consolidation in the retail video industry driven
by the recognition by store operators of the competitive advantages that  larger
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
organizations   enjoy  in  terms   of  access  to   working  capital,  marketing
efficiencies and other  economies of scale  and the enhanced  ability to  obtain
quality  retail  locations.  The Company  believes  that  attractive acquisition
opportunities will continue to arise as the industry consolidates.
 
    Although the domestic video retail industry includes both rentals and sales,
the consumer market for videos has primarily been a rental market. Movie studios
determine the  suggested  retail  prices  of videos  and  through  that  pricing
influence  the relative levels of video rentals  and sales. Videos released at a
relatively high price, generally $60 or  more, are generally purchased by  video
retailers  and made  available for rental.  Videos released at  a relatively low
price, typically between $15 and $25, are generally purchased by video retailers
for both sale  and rental  and may  be purchased by  consumers at  a variety  of
retail  locations. The Company  believes that movie  studios attempt to maximize
total revenue from video releases by  maintaining retail prices at a  relatively
high  level during the first four months to  one year after a new video release,
during which time sales  are made primarily to  video retailers for rental,  and
then  releasing the video at  a lower price to  promote sales to consumers. From
time to time, however, certain movies that  are believed to have mass appeal  or
family  appeal, such  as BATMAN  FOREVER, POCAHONTAS  and CASPER,  are initially
released for sale at  a relatively low price.  Video retailers purchase a  large
portion  of these titles at  the same low price,  which titles thereafter become
low cost  rentals for  such  retailers. These  lower  priced releases  are  more
attractive  rentals to  the retailers  because of  the relatively  few number of
rentals required to recover their cost  and provide a favorable economic  return
to such retailers.
 
    Historically,  new  technologies  have  led to  the  creation  of additional
distribution channels for movie  studios. Movie studios  seek to maximize  their
revenues  by releasing  movies in sequential  release date  "windows" to various
movie distribution channels. These  distribution channels currently include,  in
release  date order, movie theaters, video specialty stores, pay-per-view, basic
cable television, and  foreign, network and  syndicated television. The  Company
believes  that this  method of sequential  release has allowed  movie studios to
increase their  total  revenue with  relatively  little adverse  effect  on  the
revenue derived from previously established channels and that movie studios will
continue  the practice of sequential release as new distribution channels become
available. According to Paul Kagan, many  movie studios have recently agreed  to
extend  the length of the exclusive window  on many new release videos for video
specialty stores from the current practice of 30 days to between 60 and 90 days.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's management has substantial  experience in the video  retailing
industry.  The Company's senior  management operations team  has worked together
for more than ten years. Through the management team, the Company has  developed
a  cost-effective superstore  format that  distinguishes the  Company from other
video retailers by providing  it with the flexibility  to expand into  desirable
sites  in both  small and  large markets  without compromising  profitability or
decreasing the number of viable markets  into which it can expand.  Management's
depth  of  experience in  and knowledge  of  the industry  are reflected  in the
Company's operating strategy, the key elements of which include the following:
 
    PROVIDE EXTENSIVE SELECTION OF VIDEOCASSETTES.  All of the Company's  stores
in  the United States  and 33, or  approximately 50%, of  the Company's Canadian
stores are superstores. Superstores are video rental stores that have more  than
7,500  rental  units.  The  Company  believes  that  an  extensive  selection of
videocassettes is a key determinant that consumers consider in choosing to visit
and patronize a particular video  store. The Company tailors the  videocassettes
available for rent in a given store according to the market served by the store.
Additionally,  catalog videocassettes (those in release  for more than one year)
are displayed in a library  style (spine-out method) allowing for  significantly
more  videocassettes to  be made  available for rent.  As a  result, the Company
believes that it is able to  provide an extensive selection, yet retain  greater
flexibility  than many of its competitors in terms of store size in which it can
operate. Video Update stores  in the United States  and Canada offer on  average
approximately 11,300 and 8,000 rental units, respectively.
 
    EFFECTIVELY  MANAGE INVENTORIES.   The  Company maintains  an integrated POS
system that provides it with immediate access to and feedback on records related
to, among  other things,  videocassette rentals,  individual title  performance,
category   rental  performance,  shrinkage  and  overdue  rentals.  The  Company
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
endeavors to convert the POS systems of acquired stores to that of the Company's
as quickly as is practicable. The Company utilizes its POS system to manage  its
inventory  turns, purchase new inventory, and balance customer demand and rental
trends, all of which the Company believes maximizes each store's profitability.
 
    AGGRESSIVE MARKETING.  The Company utilizes an aggressive marketing  program
designed  to  attract new  customers and  increase the  frequency of  rentals by
current customers. The Company  focuses its marketing  on individual stores  and
the  local markets in  which they operate.  Direct mailings, including postcards
and  flyers,  are  utilized   regularly.  Additionally,  the  Company   promotes
extensively   with  couponing  and  cross   promotions.  The  Company's  popular
"Two-for-Tuesday" rental promotion is  used throughout its  system and has  been
effective  in building customer loyalty  and increasing revenue on  a day of the
week that historically has not been a significant rental volume day.
 
    GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION.   The Company intends  to continue developing  new
superstores and acquiring existing chains of stores in regions where the Company
has  existing operations.  The Company  also intends  to expand  into additional
metropolitan areas where it determines that sufficient quality locations  and/or
acquisition   opportunities  are  available.  The  Company  believes  that  this
geographic concentration will  allow the  Company to more  easily monitor  store
operations  through  its regional  management offices  and to  achieve operating
efficiencies in  inventory  management, marketing,  distribution,  training  and
store  supervision. Because the Company operates  multiple stores, it is able to
receive relatively  large aggregate  cooperative  advertising credits  from  its
distributors.  The  Company receives  cooperative  advertising credits  for each
store it  operates, and  by operating  multiple stores  in a  single  geographic
market,  the Company can more effectively use cooperative advertising credits to
maximize the impact of its advertising.
 
    CONSISTENCY OF  IMAGE AND  OPERATIONS.   The  Company  strives to  create  a
national  presence and name  recognition. To achieve this  objective and to most
efficiently and effectively operate its stores, the Company attempts to maintain
consistency among its Company-owned and  franchised stores. This consistency  of
operations  includes  signage, store  layout, marketing,  management information
systems and customer service. The  Company attempts to fully integrate  acquired
stores  into its overall  format as quickly as  is practicable. Such integration
typically involves the prompt installation of the management information systems
and  interior  signage,  supplementing  the  existing  base  stock  of   titles,
processing  acquired  videocassettes,  training  existing  management  and sales
personnel, and completing limited build-out of the facilities. Substantially all
of the Company's acquired stores to date have completed these integration items.
Subject to permit requirements and  other such regulatory controls, the  Company
installs exterior signage as soon as practicable. To expedite the integration of
acquired   businesses,  the  Company  has  developed  a  uniform  approach  that
management believes minimizes the time necessary to fully assimilate an acquired
store's operations into those of the Company.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to become a national presence in the video rental
industry. The key elements of the Company's growth strategy are the following:
 
    TARGETED ACQUISITIONS.  The Company believes that acquiring chains of stores
is often the most  cost-effective means of entering  a new market,  particularly
when  the stores are in desirable locations.  The Company also believes that the
rental video industry has experienced a recent trend toward consolidation driven
by the recognition by store operators of the competitive advantages that  larger
organizations   enjoy  in  terms   of  access  to   working  capital,  marketing
efficiencies and other  economies of scale  and the enhanced  ability to  obtain
quality  retail locations. This trend has created an opportunity for the Company
to grow further through acquisitions. The Company believes that it will continue
to be presented with attractive acquisition opportunities.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    During  fiscal  1996,  the Company  grew  rapidly  in size  from  33  to 204
Company-owned stores. Approximately 80% of such growth was accomplished  through
acquisitions   with  the   balance  resulting  from   new  superstore  openings.
Altogether, the  Company acquired  136 video  stores in  12 transactions  during
fiscal 1996.
 
    The  following  table summarizes  the 12  acquisitions  made by  the Company
during fiscal 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        DATE OF             NUMBER OF           LOCATION OF
       ACQUIRED BUSINESSES            ACQUISITION        STORES ACQUIRED         STORE(S)
- ---------------------------------  ------------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Video Powerstore, Inc.             June 1995                       22       Arizona/Nevada
Tops N Video                       June 1995                        3       Arizona
Steve Nielsen Corp.                July 1995                        1       Minnesota
AV Video, Inc.                     July 1995                       14       Washington
Wilderness Video Group Ltd.        August 1995                     55       Canada
Indy Video, Inc.                   September 1995                  10       Indiana
94 Video West, Inc.                October 1995                    12       Canada
Mega Movies, Inc.                  October 1995                     2       Alaska
Talerico Enterprises, Inc.         October 1995                     6       Arizona
B&R Investment, Inc.               October 1995                     1       Minnesota
Videoland, Inc.                    November 1995                    7       Indiana
Bedard Entertainment, Inc.         January 1996                     3       Minnesota
                                                                  ---
  Total                                                           136
                                                                  ---
                                                                  ---
</TABLE>
    
 
    NEW SUPERSTORE DEVELOPMENT.  The Company  intends to continue to expand  its
operations  through  new superstore  openings. During  fiscal 1996,  the Company
opened 35 new  video superstores. The  Company expects  to open 60  or more  new
superstores  during fiscal 1997,  principally in markets  with multiple shopping
areas and a sufficient population base to support more than one video  specialty
superstore  operator.  The  Company intends  to  open these  superstores  in its
existing markets and  selected new  markets where  attractive opportunities  are
available.  The  Company  believes  that  the  selection  of  locations  for its
superstores has been  and will continue  to be  critical to the  success of  its
operations.  Important criteria for  the selection of  a new superstore location
include  density  of  local  residential  population,  traffic  count  on  roads
immediately adjacent to the superstore location, visibility of the superstore to
passing  motorists, easy accessibility and  ample parking. The Company estimates
that each new superstore currently requires 12 months of operations in order  to
ramp-up to its expected level of mature operations.
 
    FRANCHISE  OPERATIONS.    The  Company  intends  to  increase  its franchise
marketing and to expand its franchise operations. Franchised superstores operate
under substantially the  same hours  and methods of  operation as  Company-owned
superstores. The Company currently intends to franchise superstores primarily in
areas  where the Company does not expect to pursue new superstore development or
acquisitions.
 
STORE OPERATIONS AND LOCATIONS
 
    Each Video  Update  store operates  under  substantially the  same  plan  of
operation.  Company-owned  stores are  open  365 days  a  year with  daily hours
generally from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00  p.m. Sunday through Thursday and from  10:00
a.m. to 12 midnight Friday and Saturday. The Company's stores use a self-service
system,  whereby customers select  products from the shelves  and proceed to the
checkout counter. Video Update  stores in the United  States and Canada  average
approximately  5,800 and  3,800 square  feet in  size, respectively. Superstores
developed in fiscal 1996  and during the first  quarter of fiscal 1997  averaged
approximately  6,600 square feet in size and are representative of the Company's
superstore prototype going forward.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The Company seeks to locate its stores in geographic areas that will  enable
it  to  achieve  operating efficiencies  in  inventory  management, advertising,
marketing, distribution,  training and  store supervision.  The following  table
sets  forth the locations of existing  Company-owned and franchised stores as of
August 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     NUMBER OF                NUMBER OF           TOTAL
STATE OR PROVINCE              COMPANY-OWNED STORES       FRANCHISED STORES      STORES
- ---------------------------  -------------------------  ---------------------  -----------
<S>                          <C>                        <C>                    <C>
Alaska                                       2                        -                 2
Arizona                                     38                        -                38
Illinois                                     8                        -                 8
Indiana                                     21                        -                21
Minnesota                                   42                       10                52
Missouri                                     3                        -                 3
Nevada                                       5                        -                 5
New Hampshire                                -                        4                 4
Pennsylvania                                 7                        1                 8
South Carolina                               -                        1                 1
Texas                                        4                        -                 4
Virginia                                     -                        8                 8
Washington                                  25                        -                25
Wisconsin                                    1                        1                 2
 
Alberta                                     23                        -                23
British Columbia                            42                        1                43
Saskatchewan                                 1                        -                 1
                                                                     --
                                           ---                                        ---
        Total                              222                       26               248
                                                                     --
                                                                     --
                                           ---                                        ---
                                           ---                                        ---
</TABLE>
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The Company believes  the accurate and  efficient management of  purchasing,
inventory  and sales  records has been  important to the  Company's success. The
Company maintains  information, updated  daily, regarding  revenue, current  and
historical  sales  and rental  activity,  demographics of  store  membership and
videocassette rental patterns. This  information can be  organized by store,  by
region or for all operations.
 
    The  Company maintains  a national  POS system  and a  corporate information
system. All rental and  sales transactions are recorded  by the POS system  when
scanned at the time of customer checkout. Nightly, the POS system transmits each
store's  data from operations into the corporate information system. The systems
track all rental and sales  products from the videocassette distribution  center
to  each store  using scanned  bar code  information. The  systems also maintain
detailed rental history of  each customer and  title. This information  produces
the  reports  used by  the Company,  including those  used in  making purchasing
decisions on new  releases. All of  the Company's stores,  including all of  the
acquired stores, use the Company's POS system.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL.  The Company's primary source of revenue is the rental
of  videocassettes. Video rental prices per  night generally range from $2.49 to
$3.49 for new releases to $1.99 for catalog titles. Videocassettes are available
for  one-night,  two-night  or  multiple  night  rental.  The  Company's  stores
generally  carry approximately 11,300 and 8,000 videos  for rent in its U.S. and
Canadian  stores,  respectively,  representing  approximately  8,400  and  5,900
titles,  respectively. Movie titles are classified  into at least 23 categories,
such  as  "Action,"  "Drama,"  "Family,"   and  "Children"  and  are   displayed
alphabetically within those categories. The Company determines its rental prices
for  titles and duration  of rentals based on  the length of  time the title has
been available on videocassette. The Company believes that its rental prices are
competitive with  those  of  other  video stores,  and  its  videocassettes  are
available for one-day and multiple-day rentals.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    VIDEO  GAMES.  In addition to  videocassette rentals, stores also rent video
games for use with Sony Playstation-TM-, Nintendo-TM- and Sega Genesis-TM- video
game machines.
 
    ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS.  The Company recently began renting audio books,  which
are  now available  in a majority  of its  stores. The selection  of audio books
includes fiction and non-fiction classics, and educational materials and  books.
For   the  convenience   of  its  customers,   the  Company   also  sells  blank
videocassettes and video  cleaning equipment and  rents videocassette and  video
game  players. In addition,  the Company sells  previously viewed videocassettes
and new and used video games.
 
FRANCHISE OPERATIONS
 
    To maximize its ability  to expand rapidly in  the home video business,  the
Company has employed a strategy of developing Video Update superstores through a
combination  of Company-owned  and franchised  superstores. The  balance between
Company and franchise development in a given market is determined by  evaluating
a  number of  different criteria, including  the availability  of acquisition or
store development opportunities and resources.
 
    The standard Company franchise  agreement generally requires the  franchisee
to pay the Company a continuing monthly royalty fee equal to five percent of the
franchisee's  gross  monthly  revenue,  as calculated  under  the  terms  of the
franchise agreement.  The  franchisee  is  also generally  obligated  to  pay  a
continuing  monthly royalty fee of one percent of gross monthly revenues derived
specifically from the sale of certain  video products. The monthly royalty  fees
are  calculated and due from  the date that the  franchised superstore opens for
business. In addition to  the royalty payments,  franchisees generally also  are
required  to  pay  a  monthly  advertising  fee  equal  to  one  percent  of the
franchisee's gross monthly revenue for the preceding month.
 
    Under the Company's current franchising program, the Company will grant to a
franchise owner the right to develop one  or a specified number of Video  Update
superstores  at  an  approved  location  or  future  locations  (within specific
geographic  areas)  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  a  franchise  agreement.   The
exclusivity  accorded to a  franchisee is individually  negotiated but generally
does not extend beyond a radius of one mile from the franchised location.  Prior
to  the actual store opening,  the Company provides advice  to the franchisee on
promotions, store  displays  and  inventory  control  as  well  as  a  five  day
comprehensive training course.
 
    The Company monitors franchisees' compliance with ongoing obligations on the
basis  of monthly revenue  reports and ordered  inventory reports. The franchise
agreement generally also grants the Company the right to audit the  franchisee's
books, business records, sales reports, financial statements, and tax returns at
any  time. The franchise agreement allows the Company to terminate the franchise
under certain conditions, including without  limitation, failure to comply  with
the Company's operating guidelines, failure to obtain and maintain the necessary
retail   licenses  and  permits,   operation  of  a   competitive  venture,  and
understatement of gross monthly revenues for  any two operating periods by  more
than  two percent.  To date,  the Company  has experienced  no material problems
relating to the understatement of revenues by franchisees.
 
MARKETING AND ADVERTISING
 
    The Company  primarily relies  on  direct mail  advertising to  promote  its
business  and increase the familiarity of  potential customers with the Company.
The Company's direct mail typically consists of pricing-related promotions  such
as  two-for-one coupons or a free rental coupon for new customers. The Company's
general practice of opening several Company-owned or franchised stores within  a
geographic  region enables it  to maximize the  effectiveness of its advertising
expenditures. The cost of  these activities is  generally funded by  cooperative
movie  advertising promotions made available by  studios or suppliers to promote
certain videocassettes.  The  Company also  benefits  from the  advertising  and
marketing  of studios and  theaters in connection with  their efforts to promote
films and increase box office revenues.
 
    The Company relies on referrals from current franchisees and advertising  in
franchise-oriented publications in marketing its franchises.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
SUPPLIERS
 
    The  Company acquires  its inventory of  videocassettes and  video games and
accessories from several videocassette  suppliers, including local divisions  of
Sight and Sound Distributors of St. Louis, Missouri ("Sight and Sound"), Baker &
Taylor,   Inc.  of  Chicago,  Illinois,  Ingram  Entertainment  Incorporated  of
Nashville, Tennessee, and Midwest Multimedia & Games of Chicago, Illinois.
 
    The videocassette  inventory  in  each Company-owned  and  franchised  store
consists  of catalog titles and new release  titles. To develop its inventory of
titles for store  openings, the Company  transfers videocassettes from  existing
stores and purchases videocassettes from suppliers.
 
    The  Company  currently purchases  new release  rental videocassettes  at an
average cost of approximately $40 to $45. Since September 1989, the Company  has
acquired most of its new release inventory from Sight and Sound, and during each
of  fiscal 1995  and 1996  the Company  purchased approximately  75% of  its new
release  titles  from  that  supplier.   The  Company  believes  that,  if   its
relationship  with Sight  and Sound  were terminated,  the Company  could obtain
videocassettes from other suppliers at prices  and on terms comparable to  those
available from Sight and Sound.
 
    Suppliers generally provide the Company with a comprehensive monthly listing
of  all new  video releases.  In addition,  movie studios  generally provide the
Company with several copies of a new  release video for preview by the  Company.
The  Company's movie  selection committee uses  listings of  new releases, video
previews, knowledge of the popularity of  past video releases and the  Company's
computerized information on the past performance of titles rented by the Company
to  select the  titles and  number of copies  of each  title to  be acquired for
rental in each of  its stores. The  Company is permitted  to return unopened  or
defective  videocassettes to its suppliers in certain circumstances. The Company
purchases video game software from a variety of distributors, based on price and
availability.
 
INVENTORY
 
    New release videocassettes are ordered by the Company and delivered directly
to stores where they are offered for  rental or sale on the studio release  date
for  the  title. Previously  viewed  inventory for  existing  and new  stores is
received, processed and stored in the Company's approximately 34,000 square foot
central distribution facility located  in St. Paul,  Minnesota. New release  and
previously viewed videocassettes and games are processed for rental according to
uniform  Company-wide standards. Each videocassette is removed from its original
carton and  placed  in a  standard  Video Update  rental  case with  a  magnetic
security  device. Bar  codes are  then affixed  to each  videocassette and video
game. For previously viewed videocassettes, the artwork from the original carton
is cut out and inserted into clear  pockets on the standard Video Update  rental
case  for shelf display. For new  release videocassettes, the original carton is
displayed  separately  in  front  of  the  standard  Video  Update  rental  case
containing the videocassette.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  video retail industry is highly  competitive. The Company competes with
other video retail stores, including Blockbuster and other superstores, and with
supermarkets, pharmacies, convenience stores,  bookstores, mass merchants,  mail
order  operations,  vending  machines  and  other  retailers,  as  well  as with
noncommercial sources such  as libraries.  In addition to  competing with  other
video  retailers,  the  Company  competes  with  other  leisure-time activities,
especially entertainment  activities such  as movie  theaters, sporting  events,
network television and cable television.
 
    The  Company  also  competes  with other  distribution  channels  for studio
movies,  including  pay-per-view  television  on  basic  cable  service,   which
currently  offer only a limited number of channels and monthly movie selections.
Recently developed digital compression technology combined with fiber optics and
other technology  will  eventually  permit  cable  companies,  direct  broadcast
satellite  companies and other  telecommunications companies to  transmit a much
greater number of  movies to homes  at scheduled intervals  throughout the  day.
Ultimately,  these technologies could lead to  the availability of movies to the
consumer on demand.  Certain cable and  other telecommunications companies  have
tested and are continuing to test movie on demand services in some markets.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    Certain  of the Company's larger, better capitalized competitors may seek to
acquire some  of the  same video  specialty  stores that  the Company  seeks  to
acquire.  Such competition  for acquisitions  would likely  increase acquisition
prices  and  related   costs  and   result  in   fewer  attractive   acquisition
opportunities,  which  could have  a material  adverse  effect on  the Company's
growth.
 
    The  Company's  franchise   operations  compete   with  numerous   franchise
operations  in  many industries  that have  significantly greater  financial and
human resources and more experience in selling franchises than does the Company.
Potential  franchisees  may  believe   that  these  franchisors  offer   greater
opportunities for success than the Company.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
    The   Company  has   a  federal   registration  for   its  trademark  "Video
Update-Registered Trademark-"  and  a  logo that  includes  its  trademark.  The
Company  considers  its service  marks  and trademarks  to  be important  to its
business and intends to actively protect them.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The Company is subject to various  federal, state and local laws,  including
the  Federal Videotape Privacy Protection Act and similar state laws that govern
the disclosure and destruction  of video rental records.  The Company also  must
comply  with  various regulations  affecting its  business, including  state and
local licensing, zoning, land use, construction and environmental regulations.
 
    The Company  has not  made,  nor does  it  anticipate making,  any  material
capital  expenditures  in order  to  comply with  environmental  regulations. No
assurance can be given, however, that new environmental regulations will not  be
adopted  that will require the Company to make material capital expenditures for
compliance.
 
    The Company  also  is  subject  to  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's  Trade
Regulation  Rule entitled  "Disclosure Requirements  and Prohibitions Concerning
Franchising and Business  Opportunity Ventures" (the  "FTC Franchise Rule")  and
state  laws and  regulations that  govern the offer  and sale  of franchises. To
offer and sell franchises, the Company is required by the FTC Franchise Rule  to
furnish  each prospective franchisee a current franchise offering circular prior
to the sale of a franchise. In addition, a number of states require a franchisor
to comply with registration or filing requirements prior to offering a franchise
in the state and  to provide a prospective  franchisee with a current  franchise
offering  circular complying  with the  state's laws, prior  to the  sale of the
franchise. The Company intends  to maintain a  franchise offering circular  that
complies with all applicable federal and state franchise sales laws. However, if
the Company is unable to comply with the franchise sales laws and regulations of
any  state that regulates the offer and sales of franchises, the Company will be
unable to offer and sell franchises in such state.
 
    The Company is required to update its franchise offering circular to reflect
material changes, under applicable law, regarding its franchise offering and  to
comply  with  changes in  disclosure requirements.  The  occurrence of  any such
material changes may, from  time to time, require  the Company to stop  offering
and  selling franchises  until its  franchise offering  circular is  updated. No
assurance can  be given  that  the Company's  franchising  program will  not  be
adversely  affected  by  its  failure  to register  or  file  in  certain states
consistent with its expansion plans,  or because compliance with applicable  law
necessitates  that the Company cease offering  and selling franchises in certain
states until  its franchise  offering  circular is  updated  or because  of  its
inability to comply with existing or future franchise laws.
 
    The  Company also is subject to a  number of state laws and regulations that
regulate certain substantive aspects of the franchisor-franchisee  relationship,
including  those  governing  the  termination,  or  nonrenewal  of  a  franchise
agreement (such as  requirements that  "good cause" exist  as a  basis for  such
termination  and that a  franchisee be given  advance notice of,  and a right to
cure, a default  prior to  termination), requirements that  the franchisor  deal
with  its franchisees in good faith,  prohibitions against interference with the
right of free association among franchisees and those regulating  discrimination
among franchisees in charges, royalties or fees.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    Compliance  with  federal  and  state  franchise  laws  is  costly  and time
consuming, and no  assurance can be  given that the  Company will not  encounter
difficulties  or delays  in this  area or that  it will  not require significant
capital, in addition to the  portion of the net  proceeds of this Offering,  for
franchising activities.
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE, AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AS, AN OFFER
TO  SELL A VIDEO UPDATE  FRANCHISE. SUCH OFFERS MAY BE  MADE ONLY BY AN OFFERING
CIRCULAR IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH  STATE  LAWS  AND  THE  FEDERAL  TRADE  COMMISSION
DISCLOSURE  RULE. THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FRANCHISES SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS
IS NOT  INTENDED  TO BE  A  COMPLETE DESCRIPTION  OF  A VIDEO  UPDATE  FRANCHISE
BUSINESS.
 
LITIGATION
 
   
    In  connection with the  acquisition of the  assets of Talerico Enterprises,
Inc. and  Michael Talerico  (collectively "TEI")  in October  1995, the  Company
advised  TEI of what it  believed to be various  breaches of representations and
warranties made  by  TEI in  its  asset  purchase agreement  with  the  Company.
Accordingly,  the Company  withheld a portion  of the  purchase price, including
55,000 shares of Class  A Common Stock.  In December 1995,  TEI filed an  action
against  the  Company  in  Arizona  state  court  for  breach  of  contract (the
"Action"). In August  1996, the Company  and TEI agreed  to settle the  disputes
underlying  the Action. Under the terms of the settlement, the Company agreed to
pay TEI  $225,000 (including  approximately $140,000  of the  withheld  purchase
price)  and to  issue 40,000  shares of  Class A  Common Stock  (the "TEI Common
Stock"). TEI has agreed not  to sell, pledge or encumber  any of the TEI  Common
Stock until April 1997, and thereafter not more than 10,000 shares of TEI Common
Stock within any six month period through August 1998. The Company has agreed to
make  deficiency payments in cash  to TEI if the  aggregate sale proceeds of the
TEI Common Stock do  not equal $500,000 through  arms-length sales at  different
intervals through September 1998.
    
 
    In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  Videoland, Inc.
("Videoland") in November 1995, the Company issued 239,163 shares of its Class A
Common Stock (the "Videoland Shares") to the sellers of the assets of  Videoland
(the  "Videoland Sellers").  With respect to  the Videoland  Shares, the Company
agreed to make a Deficiency Payment in October 1996 to the Videoland Sellers  if
the  gross proceeds  received by  such sellers  from the  sale of  the Videoland
Shares during the  six month period  from March  1996 to September  1996 is  not
equal to the number of shares of Videoland Shares sold multiplied by $12.00. The
Videoland  Sellers were  subject to certain  "lockup" or sale  restrictions as a
condition to any  Deficiency Payment.  Although the Videoland  Sellers have  now
requested a Deficiency Payment of approximately $1,220,000 in October 1996 based
on  a  sale  of all  of  the Videoland  Shares,  the Company  believes  that the
Videoland Sellers have  violated the contractual  lockup and sale  restrictions.
Accordingly,  the Company has  initiated an action in  federal district court in
Minnesota for a declaratory judgment that the Videoland Sellers are not entitled
to any Deficiency Payment. Although no assurances can be given as to the outcome
of such action, the Company intends to vigorously pursue the matter.
 
    The Company has been notified of a potential claim by the owner/landlord  of
a  retail location  previously occupied by  the Company in  Kent, Washington for
breach of a lease contract and back  rent. The landlord has advised the  Company
that  it  may seek  in  excess of  $50,000 in  damages.  The Company  intends to
vigorously defend this  action. Although  no assurance can  be given  as to  the
outcome  of such litigation, the Company does not believe that resolution of the
matter will materially adversely impact the Company's operations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of August 15, 1996, Video Update employed 2,638 persons, including  2,425
in  Company-owned stores and 213 in  the Company's corporate, administrative and
warehousing operations. Of the employees,  approximately 659 were full-time  and
1,979  were part-time. The typical required staffing for a Video Update store is
8 to 12 employees, including a  store manager. Store managers are supervised  by
district  managers who  in turn  are supervised  by regional  managers. Regional
managers report  directly  to  either  the Company's  Vice  President  of  Store
Operations  or Chief Operations Officer. The  Company believes that its employee
relations are satisfactory.
 
    The Company  has an  incentive bonus  plan under  which store  managers  are
eligible  for monthly bonuses. The performance of each manager is evaluated on a
variety of  criteria,  including  store  revenue,  payroll,  cash  overages  and
shortages, and inventory control.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
FACILITIES
 
    The  Company leases substantially all of  the sites (including buildings and
improvements) where its  Company-owned video stores  are located. The  occupancy
expense  for  these  sites for  the  years ended  April  30, 1995  and  1996 was
approximately $1,426,000 and $10,304,000, respectively, and for the three months
ended July  31,  1995  and  1996  was  approximately  $963,000  and  $4,041,000,
respectively.  These leases  generally have  a term  of three  to ten  years and
provide options  to renew  for periods  ranging from  three to  five  additional
years. The Company is generally responsible for real estate taxes, insurance and
utilities  under  all leases.  See  Note 7  of  Notes to  Consolidated Financial
Statements. The Company  expects that  most future video  superstores will  also
occupy  leased  premises. The  Company  owns three  locations  for Company-owned
superstores, one of which is subject to a mortgage. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations -- Liquidity  and
Capital Resources."
 
    The   Company's  franchisees  enter  into   leases  individually  for  their
respective superstore locations. These leases are on terms substantially similar
to the terms for  Company-owned superstore leases.  Generally, the Company  does
not guarantee and is not a party to such leases.
 
    The Company's corporate headquarters are located at 3100 World Trade Center,
30  East Seventh Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101 and consists of approximately
14,500 square feet of office space. The Company's central distribution  facility
is  located  at a  different location  in  St. Paul,  Minnesota and  consists of
approximately 34,000 square  feet. The Company's  headquarters and  distribution
facilities are leased pursuant to agreements that expire on October 31, 2001 and
August  31,  2001,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  other
locations for the  offices of  district and  regional managers  and for  limited
storage  purposes. The  Company expects that  suitable additional  space will be
available in  the Twin  Cities  area, when  needed, on  commercially  reasonable
terms.
 
    INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  "BUSINESS" SECTION CONTAINS "FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF  THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM  ACT
OF  1995, WHICH CAN BE IDENTIFIED BY THE USE OF FORWARD-LOOKING TERMINOLOGY SUCH
AS "MAY," "WILL,"  "WOULD," "COULD," "INTEND,"  "PLAN," "EXPECT,"  "ANTICIPATE,"
"ESTIMATE"  OR "CONTINUE" OR THE NEGATIVE THEREOF OR OTHER VARIATIONS THEREON OR
COMPARABLE  TERMINOLOGY.  PLEASE  SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  FOR  CERTAIN  CAUTIONARY
STATEMENTS  IDENTIFYING IMPORTANT  FACTORS WITH RESPECT  TO SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS, INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES RELATING TO THE OPENING OR
ACQUISITION OF SUPERSTORES, THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
   
                CONCURRENT REGISTRATION BY SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
    
 
   
    An additional 25,000  shares of Class  A Common Stock  have been  registered
pursuant  to the registration statement under  the Securities Act, of which this
Prospectus forms a part,  for sale by certain  stockholders of the Company  (the
"Selling Stockholders"). These shares were issued to the Selling Stockholders in
connection with an acquisition of certain assets from them by the Company. These
additional  shares  of the  Class  A Common  Stock  will be  registered,  at the
Company's expense, under the Securities Act and are expected to become tradeable
on or about  90 days after  the closing of  the Offering. The  Company will  not
receive  any proceeds from the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock by the
Selling Stockholders. Sales of the Selling Stockholders' Class A Common Stock or
the potential of such sales is not expected by the Company to have a  materially
adverse effect on the market price of the Class A Common Stock.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their positions held in
the Company, and their ages are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                  AGE                             POSITION
- ---------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>
Daniel A. Potter                     38   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
John M. Bedard                       38   President and Director
 
Daniel C. Howard                     35   Chief Operations Officer and Director
 
Christopher J. Gondeck               41   Chief Financial Officer
 
Richard Bedard                       42   Executive Vice President
 
Bruce D. Carlson                     35   Vice President of Real Estate
 
Michael G. Schifsky                  40   Vice President of Store Development
 
Robert E. Yager                      32   Vice President of Store Operations and Director
 
Jana Webster Vaughn                  33   Director
 
Paul M. Kelnberger                   52   Director
</TABLE>
 
    Each  Director is elected for  a period of one  year at the Company's annual
meeting of stockholders and  serves until his successor  is duly elected by  the
stockholders.  Vacancies  and  newly created  directorships  resulting  from any
increase in the number of authorized Directors may be filled by a majority  vote
of  Directors  then remaining  in  office. The  Company  expects to  appoint two
additional Directors to its Board within the 90 day period following the closing
of this Offering, although the Company has not yet identified the individuals to
be so appointed. In addition, D.H. Blair has a right at its option to  designate
a  Director to the Board  of Directors until April 2000.  D.H. Blair has not yet
designated its nominee. Officers are elected by and serve at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. The Board of  Directors has established audit and  executive
compensation  committees, each consisting of  Messrs. Howard, Kelnberger and Ms.
Vaughn.
 
    DANIEL A.  POTTER co-founded  the Company  in  1983 and  has served  as  the
Company's  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  since its inception. Mr. Potter
devised, initiated, and structured the  franchising strategy implemented by  the
Company  and is primarily responsible for  the Company's financial and strategic
planning. Mr. Potter is the brother-in-law of Robert E. Yager, a Vice  President
of Store Operations and a Director of the Company.
 
    JOHN M. BEDARD co-founded the Company in 1983 with Mr. Potter and has served
as  the Company's President and  as a Director since  its inception. Mr. Bedard,
together with  Mr. Potter,  devised and  implemented the  Company's real  estate
development program and operations. Mr. Bedard is the brother of Richard Bedard,
an Executive Vice President of the Company.
 
    DANIEL  C. HOWARD  has served  as Chief  Operations Officer  for the Company
since 1990, has coordinated the Company's  operations since 1983 and has  served
as  a  Director since  August 1994.  Mr. Howard  is  a member  of the  audit and
executive compensation committees.
 
    CHRISTOPHER J. GONDECK has served  as the Company's Chief Financial  Officer
since January 1995. From May 1994 to September 1994, Mr. Gondeck was a financial
consultant  to Corning-Donahue, Inc. and Fire Brick Supply, privately held brick
and tile businesses. From 1992 to March 1994, Mr. Gondeck served as Senior  Vice
President  and Chief  Financial Officer  for Premier  Salons International, Inc.
("Premier"), a  privately  held company  based  in Toronto,  Ontario.  Prior  to
December  1993, Premier  was known  as MEI Salon  Corp. ("MEI  Salon"), a wholly
owned subsidiary of  MEI Diversified, Inc.  ("MEI Diversified"), which  operated
over  1,000 hair care  salon locations throughout the  United States and Canada.
While Mr. Gondeck was  Chief Financial Officer of  MEI Salon, in February  1993,
MEI Salon and MEI Diversified filed for
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
bankruptcy  protection under federal  law. Prior to 1992,  Mr. Gondeck served in
various financial and  management capacities  for MEI  Diversified. Mr.  Gondeck
also  has served as a staff accountant with  Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Gondeck is a
certified public accountant.
 
    RICHARD BEDARD has  served as  an Executive  Vice President  of the  Company
since September 1995. From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Bedard served as the Company's Vice
President of Franchise Development. Mr. Bedard is the brother of John M. Bedard,
the Company's President and a Director.
 
    BRUCE  D. CARLSON has served as the  Company's Vice President of Real Estate
Operations since 1990.  From 1984  to 1990, Mr.  Carlson held  the positions  of
Director of Advertising and Regional Corporate Store Manager.
 
    MICHAEL  G. SCHIFSKY has  served as the Vice  President of Store Development
since rejoining  the Company  in  1990. Mr.  Schifsky  also served  as  District
Manager of the Company from 1984 to 1988. From 1988 to 1990 he was the principal
stockholder  of Bankshot Investments, Inc., a  privately held company engaged in
the development of billiard facilities.
 
    ROBERT E. YAGER  has served as  a Vice President  of Store Operations  since
November  1995  and as  a Director  since  August 1994.  From September  1994 to
November 1995, Mr. Yager served as a  Regional Manager of the Company. Prior  to
that  time, since 1989, Mr. Yager owned and operated two franchised Video Update
superstores in the Twin Cities area, until such store operations were  purchased
by  the Company in September  1994. From 1984 to 1989,  Mr. Yager was a computer
programmer for a division of NCR Corporation. Mr. Yager is the brother-in-law of
Daniel A.  Potter,  the Company's  Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer.  See
"Certain Transactions."
 
    PAUL  M.  KELNBERGER  has  served  as  a  Director  since  August  1994. Mr.
Kelnberger has been  a member  of Johnson,  West &  Co., PLC  ("Johnson, West  &
Co."),  a certified  public accounting  firm with  its principal  offices in St.
Paul, Minnesota, since 1975. In addition, since November 1995 Mr. Kelnberger has
served as a Director  of Leuthold Funds, a  publicly held mutual fund.  Johnson,
West  & Co. performed auditing services for the Company prior to the fiscal year
ended April 30,  1993. Since that  time, Johnson,  West & Co.  has provided  and
continues  to provide to the Company  accounting services in connection with the
Company's acquisitions and for tax  return preparation services. Mr.  Kelnberger
has   significant  franchise  and  retail  company  accounting  experience.  Mr.
Kelnberger  is  a  certified  public  accountant  and  holds  a  Certificate  of
Accounting  from the Academy of Accountancy in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He chairs
the Board's  audit committee  and  is a  member  of the  executive  compensation
committee. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    JANA  WEBSTER VAUGHN has served as a  Director since August 1994. Ms. Vaughn
has been  the Director  of Marketing  and Development  of Adoptive  Families  of
America,   a   non-profit,   national   education,   legislation   and  advocacy
organization, since June 1995. From  May 1992 to July  1995, Ms. Vaughn was  the
Executive  Director of the Greater Anoka  County, Minnesota Humane Society. From
1989 to 1992, she served as Special  Projects Manager for KARE 11 Television,  a
network  television station in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Ms. Vaughn is a member of
the audit and executive compensation committees.
 
LIMITATION OF OFFICERS' AND DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
 
    In accordance with Delaware law, the Company's Certificate of  Incorporation
and  Bylaws, as  amended, eliminate  in certain  circumstances the  liability of
directors of the Company for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty
as directors. This provision does not eliminate the liability of a director  (i)
for  a  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to  the  Company  or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or  omissions by the director  not in good faith  or
which  involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for a
willful or  negligent declaration  of an  unlawful dividend,  stock purchase  or
redemption  or (iv) for transactions from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
 
    In addition,  the  Company's  Bylaws include  provisions  to  indemnify  its
officers  and directors and other persons against expenses, judgments, fines and
amounts paid in defense or settlement in connection with threatened, pending  or
completed  suits or  proceedings against  such persons  by reason  of serving or
having served as officers, directors, or in other capacities, except in relation
to matters with respect to  which such persons shall  be determined not to  have
acted  in good  faith, lawfully or  in the  best interests of  the Company. With
respect to matters as to which  the Company's officers and directors and  others
are  determined to be liable for misconduct  or negligence in the performance of
their duties, the Company's Bylaws provide for
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
indemnification only to the extent that the Company determines that such  person
acted  in good faith  and in a manner  not opposed to the  best interests of the
Company and had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
    Insofar as limitation of, or indemnification for, liabilities arising  under
the  Securities  Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers,  or  persons
controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing, the Company has been informed
that, in the opinion  of the Commission, such  limitation or indemnification  is
against  public policy  as expressed  in the  Securities Act,  and is therefore,
unenforceable.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
    Members of  the Board  of Directors  who are  not employees  of the  Company
receive  $750 for each meeting of the  Board of Directors and for each committee
meeting of the  Board of  Directors attended by  such Director,  in addition  to
reimbursement  of reasonable expenses  incurred in attending  such meetings, and
receive $2,000  for  each  quarter  of  service  as  a  Director.  Additionally,
non-employee  Directors receive options under the  Formula Plan, as follows: (i)
Mr. Kelnberger and  Ms. Vaughn  each receive  options annually  in September  to
purchase  1,500 shares of Class  A Common Stock, which  vest in two equal annual
installments on the first two anniversaries of  the date of grant and which  are
exercisable  at a  price equal to  the fair market  value of the  Class A Common
Stock on the date of grant, provided that each of them is a Director on the date
of the grant and each of  them has attended at least  75% of the meetings he  or
she was eligible to attend, and (ii) any non-employee Directors appointed in the
future  will receive on the date of  such appointment, options to purchase 3,000
shares of  Class  A  Common  Stock,  which  will  vest  in  three  equal  annual
installments  on the first  three anniversaries of  the date of  grant and which
will be exercisable at  a price equal to  the fair market value  of the Class  A
Common Stock on the date of grant.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  the  compensation paid  to  the Company's
officers with respect  to services  rendered to  the Company  during the  fiscal
years  ended  April 30,  1996,  1995 and  1994.  There were  no  other executive
officers whose total salary and bonus  exceeded $100,000 during the fiscal  year
ended April 30, 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     LONG TERM
                                                                                                   COMPENSATION
                                                                                                  ---------------
                                                                                                      AWARDS
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION             ---------------
                                                       -----------------------------------------    SECURITIES
                                                                                  OTHER ANNUAL      UNDERLYING        ALL OTHER
                                                       SALARY(1)      BONUS     COMPENSATION(2)   OPTIONS/SARS(3)  COMPENSATION(4)
       NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            YEAR        ($)          ($)            ($)               (#)              ($)
                   (A)                         (B)        (C)          (D)            (E)               (G)              (I)
- ------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  -----------  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>              <C>
Daniel A. Potter..........................       1996  $  248,002   $       0     $    894,357         270,000        $   21,122
  Chairman of the Board                          1995  $  216,671   $       0     $          0               0        $        0
  and Chief Executive Officer                    1994  $  288,520   $       0     $          0               0        $        0
John M. Bedard............................       1996  $  158,755   $       0     $    496,875         150,000        $   18,081
  President and Director                         1995  $  125,000   $       0     $          0               0        $   19,200
                                                 1994  $   43,906   $       0     $          0               0        $   19,200
Christopher J. Gondeck(5).................       1996  $  114,548   $       0     $          0          45,000        $    2,854
  Chief Financial Officer                        1995  $   34,000   $       0     $          0          30,000        $        0
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1)  Amounts shown indicate  cash compensation earned  and received by executive
    officers; no  amounts were  earned but  deferred at  the election  of  those
    officers.  Executive  officers  participate in  the  Company's  group health
    insurance plan.
(2) Amounts shown reflect the difference between the aggregate exercise price of
    the options exercised by  Messrs. Potter and Bedard  during the period,  and
    the aggregate fair market value of the shares of Class A Common Stock issued
    to  Messrs.  Potter  and Bedard  upon  such  exercises, as  of  the  date of
    issuance.
(3) Amounts shown  reflect grants of  options to purchase  Class A Common  Stock
    pursuant  to  the Company's  Stock Option  Plans.  During fiscal  years 1994
    through 1996, the  Company made no  awards of restricted  stock and did  not
    have a long-term incentive plan.
(4) Amounts shown reflect payment for automobile expenses and insurance.
(5) Mr. Gondeck has been employed by the Company since January 2, 1995.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                     OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                                    VALUE AT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                                     NUMBER OF                                                                 OF STOCK
                                    SECURITIES        PERCENT OF TOTAL                                  PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                    UNDERLYING          OPTIONS/SARS                                            OPTION
                                   OPTIONS/SARS          GRANTED TO          EXERCISE OF                      TERM(1)(2)
                                    GRANTED(1)       EMPLOYEES IN FISCAL     BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION   ----------------------
              NAME                      (#)                YEAR(3)             ($/SH)       DATE(4)       5% ($)     10% ($)
               (A)                      (B)                  (C)                 (D)          (E)          (F)         (G)
- ---------------------------------  -------------  -------------------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                        <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Daniel A. Potter.................      270,000                33.7%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005           0           0
John M. Bedard...................      150,000                18.7%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005           0           0
Christopher J. Gondeck...........       45,000                 5.6%           $  4.3125     05/02/2005  $  122,045  $  309,286
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1)  Mr. Potter and  Mr. Bedard exercised  all outstanding options  held by them
    during fiscal 1996. Mr. Gondeck did not exercise any options granted  during
    fiscal 1996.
 
(2)  The  dollar gains  under these  columns  result from  calculations assuming
    hypothetical growth rates as set by  the Commission and are not intended  to
    forecast future price appreciation of the Class A Common Stock.
 
(3)  In fiscal 1996,  options to purchase a  total of 801,000  shares of Class A
    Common Stock were granted to  employees of the Company, including  executive
    officers.
 
(4) These options are subject to earlier termination upon certain events related
    to termination of employment.
 
              AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR 1996
                            AND FY-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       NUMBER OF
                                                                                      SECURITIES
                                                                                      UNDERLYING           VALUE OF
                                                                                      UNEXERCISED         UNEXERCISED
                                                                                     OPTIONS/SARS        IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                                       AT FISCAL         OPTIONS/SARS
                                                                                       YEAR-END         AT FISCAL YEAR-
                                                           SHARES        VALUE            (#)               END($)
                                                        ACQUIRED ON   REALIZED(1)    EXERCISABLE/        EXERCISABLE/
                         NAME                           EXERCISE(#)       ($)      UNEXERCISABLE(2)    UNEXERCISABLE(3)
                         (A)                                (B)           (C)             (D)                 (E)
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  -----------------  -------------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>
Daniel A. Potter......................................      270,000    $ 894,375          0/0                 0/0
John M. Bedard........................................      150,000    $ 496,875          0/0                 0/0
Christopher J. Gondeck................................        3,500    $  10,938      22,000/49,500   $   82,563/$185,063
</TABLE>
 
- -------------
(1) The options exercised by Mr. Potter and Mr. Bedard carried an exercise price
    of  $4.3125. The options exercised by  Mr. Gondeck carried an exercise price
    of $4.50. The last reported sale price for one share of Class A Common Stock
    on August  23, 1995,  the date  on  which all  options were  exercised,  was
    $7.625.
 
(2)  Mr. Gondeck  holds 45,000 options  to purchase  Class A Common  Stock at an
    exercise price of $4.3125 per share, of which 15,000 were exercisable at the
    end of fiscal 1996, and 26,500 options  to purchase Class A Common Stock  at
    an exercise price of $4.50 per share, of which 7,000 were exercisable at the
    end of fiscal 1996.
 
(3)  In-the-Money options are those  options for which the  fair market value of
    the underlying  Common Stock  is  greater than  the  exercise price  of  the
    option.  On April 30, 1996,  the fair market value  of the Company's Class A
    Common Stock underlying the  options (as determined by  the last sale  price
    quoted on the Nasdaq National Market) was $8.125.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, OFFICER LOANS AND CHANGE IN
CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    In February 1996, the Company entered into employment agreements with Daniel
A.  Potter,  its  Chairman and  Chief  Executive  Officer and  John  Bedard, its
President, each of whom also  is a director and  a principal stockholder of  the
Company. The agreements are for three year terms, expiring in February 1999. Mr.
Potter  and  Mr.  Bedard  are  to receive  salaries  of  $300,000  and $200,000,
respectively. Such compensation may be increased  and bonuses may be awarded  at
the  discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. Each of Messrs. Potter
and Bedard have agreed  to devote their  full time and  best efforts to  fulfill
their  duties and responsibilities to the Company. Each of them will be entitled
to participate in employee benefit plans.
 
    The Company has a right to terminate  each of the agreements for "cause"  as
defined in the agreements or as a result of the employee's disability. Except in
the  case of termination for cause, upon  early termination of the agreements by
the Company, each  of Messrs.  Potter and Bedard  shall be  entitled to  receive
their salary plus fringe benefits for 36 months from the date of termination. In
the  event of a change of control of the Company, Messrs. Potter and Bedard have
the option  to terminate  their  employment subject  to  the provisions  of  the
employment agreements and to receive severance and fringe benefits for 36 months
subject to the provisions of their agreements. A "change in control" includes an
acquisition  of 15% of the voting power of  the securities of the Company by any
person, certain changes  in the composition  of the Board  of Directors, and  an
approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  of  a  merger, consolidation,
reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or sale of all or substantially all  of
the assets of the Company.
 
    Each   of  Messrs.  Potter  and  Bedard  has  agreed  not  to  disclose  any
confidential information of the Company during the term of his employment or  to
compete  with the Company during  the term of his employment  or for a period of
one year following termination of his  employment except in accordance with  the
employment agreement.
 
   
    The  Company has Recourse  Notes from the  Company's Chief Executive Officer
and  from   the  President   for   approximately  $2,089,000   and   $1,161,000,
respectively,  including accrued  interest through  July 31,  1996. The Recourse
Notes, which provide for full recourse against the respective officer's personal
assets and Company stockholdings, are payable in ten equal annual  installments,
the last of which is due in May 2005, and accrue interest at 6.9% per annum. The
Recourse  Notes were issued by the executives upon their exercise in August 1995
of 420,000 options granted to them under  the Stock Option Plans in May 1995  at
an exercise price of $4.3125, the fair market value of the stock on the date the
options  were granted. The Recourse Notes  represent the total exercise price of
such options plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to  satisfy
then  anticipated tax  liabilities. On the  effective date of  the Offering, the
Recourse Notes shall be  evidenced by promissory notes  bearing interest at  the
rate  of 8% per annum,  with payment of principal and  interest due on the third
anniversary of the closing of the Offering. In the event that the obligors  sell
shares  of the  Company's stock,  the net  proceeds thereof  will be  applied to
payment, in part or in full, of the Recourse Notes. See "Certain  Transactions."
In  addition, as of  July 31, 1996, the  Company has a  note receivable from the
President of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum  and
is  due November  1996. The  note represents  advances from  the Company  to the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
    
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE
 
    The Board of Directors  has established an Audit  Committee. The members  of
the  Audit  Committee  are  Daniel C.  Howard,  the  Company's  Chief Operations
Officer, Paul  Kelnberger and  Jana Webster  Vaughn. The  purpose of  the  Audit
Committee  is to  (i) review the  Company's financial results  and recommend the
selection of the Company's independent  auditors; (ii) review the  effectiveness
of  the  Company's  accounting  policies  and  practices,  financial  report and
internal controls; and (iii)  review the scope  of independent audit  coverages,
the fees charged by the independent auditors, any transactions which may involve
a potential conflict of interest, and internal control systems.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The  Board of Directors has established a Compensation Committee. Members of
the Compensation Committee are Paul Kelnberger and Jana Webster Vaughn, the  two
outside directors of the Company, and
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
Daniel  C. Howard. None of the executive  officers of the Company have served on
the Board of Directors  of any other  entity that has had  any of such  entity's
officers  serve  either  on the  Company's  Board of  Directors  or Compensation
Committee.
 
    During fiscal 1996, the Company paid approximately $245,000 to Johnson, West
& Co. for accounting services in connection with the Company's acquisitions  and
for tax return preparation services. Mr. Kelnberger is a member of Johnson, West
& Co. During the three months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company incurred
fees  of approximately $16,300 and $40,800, respectively, for accounting and tax
services rendered by Johnson, West & Co.
 
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
    The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders have adopted the 1994  and
1995  Plans and the Company's Board of  Directors has adopted the 1996 Plan, all
of  which  provide  for  the  grant  to  employees,  officers,  Directors,   and
consultants  of the Company options to purchase  up to an aggregate of 1,820,000
shares of Class A Common Stock. The 1996  Plan has not yet been approved by  the
Company's  stockholders and all  options granted thereunder  are subject to such
approval. The 1994, 1995  and 1996 Plans  allow for the  issuance of options  to
purchase  up to  150,000, 850,000  and 820,000 shares  of Class  A Common Stock,
respectively.
 
   
    As of July 31, 1996,  options to purchase 976,300  shares of Class A  Common
Stock  have been granted under the 1994,  1995 and 1996 Plans (collectively, the
1994, 1995 and 1996  Plan are referred  to as the  "Qualified Plans"). To  date,
427,850  of these options have been exercised. Subsequent to April 30, 1996, the
Company's Board of Directors has approved the granting of options to purchase up
to 669,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock under the 1996  Plan at an  exercise
price  equal to  the offering price  per share in  this Offering contemporaneous
with the closing of this Offering to the following executives:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NUMBER OF
NAME                                                                                  SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Daniel A. Potter..................................................................     300,000
John M. Bedard....................................................................     165,000
Christopher J. Gondeck............................................................      60,000
Daniel C. Howard..................................................................      36,000
Richard Bedard....................................................................      36,000
Bruce D. Carlson..................................................................      36,000
Michael G. Schifsky...............................................................      36,000
</TABLE>
 
When issued, such options, which are subject to stockholder approval of the 1996
Plan, will vest  in equal annual  installments over three  years commencing  one
year from the date of issuance.
 
    Options  under the Qualified  Plans may be  either "incentive stock options"
within the meaning of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code  of
1986, as amended (the "Code"), or non-qualified options. Incentive stock options
may be granted only to employees of the Company, while non-qualified options may
be issued to non-employee directors, employees and consultants of the Company.
 
    The Qualified Plans are administered by the full Board. The Board determines
those  individuals who shall  receive options, the time  period during which the
options may be partially  or fully exercised,  the number of  shares of Class  A
Common Stock that may be purchased under each option and the option price.
 
    The  per  share  exercise price  of  the  Class A  Common  Stock  subject to
incentive stock options granted pursuant to the Qualified Plans may not be  less
than the fair market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is
granted.  Under the Qualified Plans, the aggregate fair market value (determined
as of the date  the option is granted)  of the Class A  Common Stock that  first
became  exercisable by  any employee  in any one  calendar year  pursuant to the
exercise of incentive stock options may not exceed $100,000. No person who owns,
directly or indirectly, at the time of the granting of an incentive stock option
to him, 10% or more of the total  combined voting power of all classes of  stock
of the Company (a "10% Stockholder"),
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
shall  be eligible  to receive any  incentive stock options  under the Qualified
Plans unless the option price is at least  110% of the fair market value of  the
Class  A Common Stock  subject to the  option, determined on  the date of grant.
Non-qualified options are not subject to these limitations.
 
    No incentive stock option  may be transferred by  an optionee other than  by
will  or the  laws of descent  and distribution,  and during the  lifetime of an
optionee, the option will be exercisable  only by the optionee. Pursuant to  the
terms  of the Qualified Plans, unless otherwise provided in any option grant, in
the event of termination of employment,  other than by death or permanent  total
disability,  the  optionee  will have  three  months after  such  termination to
exercise the  option.  The Qualified  Plans  provide that  upon  termination  of
employment  of an optionee by reason of death or permanent, total disability, an
option remains exercisable, to the extent it was exercisable on the date of such
termination, until the  earlier of the  expiration of the  original term of  the
option or for one year after such termination of employment.
 
    Options  under the Qualified Plans must be  granted within 10 years from the
effective date  thereof. Incentive  stock options  granted under  the  Qualified
Plans cannot be exercised more than 10 years from the date of grant, except that
incentive  stock options issued  to a 10%  Stockholder are limited  to five year
terms. Any unexercised  options under the  Qualified Plans that  expire or  that
terminate  upon an  employee's ceasing  to be  employed with  the Company become
available once again for issuance.
 
    All options granted under the Qualified Plans provide for the payment of the
exercise price by  delivery to the  Company of  shares of Class  A Common  Stock
already  owned by the  optionee having fair  market value equal  to the exercise
price of the options being exercised,  or in such other lawful consideration  as
the  Board of Directors  may determine, or  by a combination  of such methods of
payment. Therefore, an optionee may be able  to tender shares of Class A  Common
Stock   to  purchase  additional  shares  of   Class  A  Common  Stock  and  may
theoretically exercise  all of  his  or her  stock  options with  no  additional
investment other than his or her original shares.
 
FORMULA STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    On September 25, 1994 the Board of Directors approved the Formula Plan which
provides  for the  grant to non-management  Directors of the  Company options to
purchase up to 50,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. The current non-management
Directors participating in  the Formula  Plan are  Paul M.  Kelnberger and  Jana
Webster Vaughn.
 
    Under  the Formula Plan, options will be  granted pursuant to a formula that
determines the  timing, pricing  and  amount of  the  option awards  using  only
objective  criteria, without discretion on the part of the administrators of the
Formula Plan. The Formula Plan provides  that its provisions may not be  amended
more  than once every six months, other than to comply with changes in the Code,
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act,  or the rules thereunder. Also  any
provision  for forfeiture or termination of an option award will be specific and
objective, rather than general, subjective or discretionary.
 
    Options were and  shall be granted  under the Formula  Plan to  non-employee
Directors as follows:
 
    (a)  Commencing September 1, 1994, and continuing annually thereafter on the
       day immediately following the  Company's annual meeting of  shareholders,
       the  Company granted  and will grant,  to Mr. Kelnberger  and Ms. Vaughn,
       options to purchase a total of 1,500 shares of Class A Common Stock.  The
       exercise  price of each option granted is  equal to the fair market value
       of the shares of Class A Common Stock  on the date of the grant and  each
       option   vests  in  two  equal  installments  on  the  first  and  second
       anniversary of  the  grant.  Future  options  shall  be  granted  to  Mr.
       Kelnberger  and Ms. Vaughn only if each of them is a Director on the date
       of  the  grant  and  has  attended,  during  the  Company's  fiscal  year
       immediately  preceding the grant, at least 75%  of the meetings he or she
       was eligible to attend  of the Board of  Directors and the Committees  on
       which the Director has served.
 
    (b)  Each non-employee Director appointed in the future will receive, on the
       date he or she first becomes a  Director, options to purchase a total  of
       3,000  shares of Class A Common Stock. The exercise price of such options
       will be the  fair market  value of  the shares  of Class  A Common  Stock
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
       on  the date of the grant and  said options shall vest and be exercisable
       in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of
       the date of the grant, subject  to the Director's continued service as  a
       Director of the Company on such dates.
 
    As of the date of this Prospectus, options to purchase 6,000 shares of Class
A Common Stock have been granted under the Formula Plan, of which 3,000 carry an
exercise  price of $6.75 per share and  3,000 carry an exercise price of $10.25.
To date, none of these options  have been exercised. The following options  have
been granted under the Formula Plan to non-management directors of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF    EXERCISE
DIRECTOR                                                     SHARES        PRICE       FULL VESTING DATE
- ---------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------------------
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Paul M. Kelnberger.......................................       1,500    $    6.75       September  1, 1996
Jana Webster Vaughn......................................       1,500    $    6.75       September  1, 1996
Paul M. Kelnberger.......................................       1,500    $   10.25       September 18, 1997
Jana Webster Vaughn......................................       1,500    $   10.25       September 18, 1997
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The  following table  sets forth  as of  September 25,  1996 the  number and
percentage of  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock
beneficially  owned by (i) all persons known by the Company to be the beneficial
owner of more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Class A Common
Stock or Class B Common Stock,  (ii) each named executive officer and  director,
(iii)  all directors and executive officers of  the Company as a group, and (iv)
the Acquisition Selling Stockholders.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SHARES                     SHARES TO BE
                                                     BENEFICIALLY                  BENEFICIALLY
                                                    OWNED PRIOR TO    NUMBER OF   OWNED AFTER THE        VOTING CONTROL(4)
                                                    THE OFFERING(2)    SHARES     OFFERING(2)(3)    ----------------------------
                                                   -----------------    BEING    -----------------     BEFORE          AFTER
     NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)        NUMBER   PERCENT   OFFERED    NUMBER   PERCENT    OFFERING       OFFERING
- -------------------------------------------------- --------- -------  ---------  --------- -------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>            <C>
Daniel A. Potter, Chief Executive Officer and
 Chairman(3)(5)................................... 1,356,759  10.4%          -   1,356,759   7.1%     27.2%          21.0%
John M. Bedard, President and Director(3)(6)...... 1,028,117   7.9%          -   1,028,117   5.4%     21.6%          16.8%
Daniel C. Howard, Chief Operations Officer and
 Director(3)(7)...................................    69,499   *             -      69,499   *         1.0%          *
Christopher J. Gondeck, Chief Financial
 Officer(8).......................................    41,000   *             -      41,000   *        *              *
Richard Bedard, Executive Vice President(9).......    20,000   *             -      20,000   *        *              *
Bruce Carlson, Vice President of Real
 Estate(10).......................................    34,375   *             -      34,375   *        *              *
Michael Schifsky, Vice President of Franchise
 Development(11)..................................    34,200   *             -      34,200   *        *              *
Robert E. Yager, Vice President of Store
 Operations and Director(12)......................    85,250   *             -      85,250   *        *              *
Paul M. Kelnberger, Director(13)..................       750   *             -         750   *        *              *
Jana Webster Vaughn, Director(13).................       750   *             -         750   *        *              *
Steven D. Nielsen and Sandra L. Nielsen(14).......    25,000   *        25,000           -   *        *              *
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (10 persons)
 (2)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)............... 2,670,700  20.3%          -   2,670,700  13.9%     50.4%          39.1%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
  * Indicates ownership of less than one percent (1%).
 
 (1)The address of Messrs. Potter, John Bedard, Howard, Gondeck, Richard Bedard,
    Carlson, Schifsky, Yager, and Kelnberger and Ms. Vaughn is c/o Video Update,
    Inc., 3100 World Trade Center, 30  East Seventh Street, St. Paul,  Minnesota
    55101.  The address for Mr.  and Mrs. Nielsen is  14631 Glendale S.E., Prior
    Lake, Minnesota 55372.
 
 (2)Shares of common stock which an individual  or group has a right to  acquire
    within  60  days  upon  the  exercise  of  options  or  warrants  are deemed
    outstanding  for  the  purposes  of  computing  the  percentage  of   shares
    beneficially  owned by such individual or  group. Such shares are not deemed
    to be outstanding  for the  purpose of  computing the  percentage of  shares
    beneficially owned by any other person shown in the table.
 
 (3)As  discussed herein, in connection with the Escrow Agreement, approximately
    sixty-five percent (65%) of the shares of Class B Common Stock  beneficially
    owned  by Messrs. Potter,  Bedard and Howard or  706,394, 570,776 and 22,830
    shares of Class B  Common Stock, respectively (1,300,000  shares of Class  B
    Common  Stock in the aggregate),  are being held in  escrow. So long as such
    shares are in escrow, the beneficial owner may vote but not dispose of  such
    shares.  See  "Principal  and  Selling Stockholders  --  Escrow  Shares" and
    "Description of Securities -- Escrow Agreement."
 
 (4)Holders of Class A  Common Stock have  the right to cast  one vote for  each
    share  held of record and holders of Class  B Common Stock have the right to
    case five votes for each share held of record on all matters submitted to  a
    vote  of  the holders  of Common  Stock. See  "Description of  Securities --
    Common Stock."
 
 (5)Includes an  aggregate of  39,515 shares  of Class  B Common  Stock held  in
    custodial accounts for Mr. Potter's children. Does not include 26,250 shares
    of  Class A Common Stock  owned by Mr. Potter's  father, in which Mr. Potter
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
 (6)Includes 39,515 shares of Class B Common Stock held by Mr. Bedard's  mother,
    but subject to a voting trust of which Mr. Bedard is the voting trustee.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
 (7)Includes an aggregate of 34,375 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon
    the  exercise  of various  stock options.  Excludes  an aggregate  of 23,125
    shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of various  stock
    options  that have not and will not vest  within 60 days of the date of this
    Prospectus.
 
 (8) Includes an aggregate of 37,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable  on
    exercise of various stock options. Excludes an aggregate of 34,500 shares of
    Class  A Common Stock issuable on the exercise of various stock options that
    have not and will not vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
 (9) Consists of an aggregate of 20,000 shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable
    upon  the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes an
    aggregate of  34,000  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon  the
    exercise  of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(10) Consists of an aggregate of 34,375 shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable
    upon  the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes an
    aggregate of  23,125  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon  the
    exercise  of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(11) Consists of an aggregate of 34,200 shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable
    upon  the exercise  of various stock  options that have  vested. Excludes an
    aggregate of  22,800  shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issuable  upon  the
    exercise  of stock options that have not and will not vest within 60 days of
    the date of this Prospectus.
 
(12) Includes 6,500 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
    stock options that  have vested.  Excludes 7,000  shares of  Class A  Common
    Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that have not and will not
    vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
(13)  Comprised of 750 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
    of stock options that have vested.  Excludes 2,250 shares of Class A  Common
    Stock  issuable upon the exercise of various stock options that have not and
    will not vest within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.
 
   
(14) Holders of 25,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection  with
    an  acquisition  by  the  Company  and  registered  concurrently  with  this
    Offering. See "Concurrent Registration by Selling Stockholders."
    
 
ESCROW SHARES
 
    The Escrow Shares placed into escrow by Messrs. Potter, Bedard and Howard in
connection with the Company's initial public offering will be released upon  the
achievement  by the Company of  certain earnings goals or  if the Class A Common
Stock reaches  certain price  goals. See  "Description of  Securities --  Escrow
Agreement."  The Commission has adopted a  position with respect to arrangements
such as  the Escrow  Agreement. This  position provides  that in  the event  any
shares  are released  from escrow  to the  stockholders of  the Company  who are
officers, directors,  consultants  or  employees  of  the  Company,  a  non-cash
compensation   expense  will  be  recorded  for  financial  reporting  purposes.
Therefore, if  the  Company  attains  any of  the  earnings  thresholds  or  the
Company's Class A Common Stock meets certain minimum bid prices required for the
release  of the Escrow Shares, the release will require the Company to recognize
additional compensation expense. Accordingly, the Company will, in the event  of
the  release of  the Escrow  Shares, recognize  during the  period in  which the
earnings thresholds are met or such minimum bid prices obtained, what could be a
substantial  non-cash  charge  that  would  have  the  effect  of  substantially
increasing  the Company's loss  or reducing or eliminating  earnings, if any, at
such time. Although the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company
will not affect the  Company's total stockholders' equity  or cash flow, it  may
have  a depressive effect on  the market price of  the Company's securities. See
"Risk Factors -- Charge to Income in the Event of Release of Escrow Shares."
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Effective  August 31,  1995, the Company  entered into  a Purchase Agreement
with Bedard Entertainment, Inc. ("BEI"), a privately held Minnesota  corporation
that  owned and operated  three video superstores, and  the stockholders of BEI.
Under the  Purchase Agreement,  the Company  acquired substantially  all of  the
assets  of BEI  in exchange for  15,000 shares of  Class A Common  Stock and the
assumption of indebtedness of BEI of approximately $275,000. The stockholders of
BEI are  Glenn and  Deborah Bedard,  the brother  and sister-in-law  of John  M.
Bedard, the Company's President and a Director.
 
    On  September 2,  1994 the  Company entered  into an  Agreement and  Plan of
Merger (the "Merger  Agreement") with  Koonrod, Inc. ("KRI"),  a privately  held
Minnesota  corporation that owned  and operated two  of the Company's franchised
superstores, and  the stockholders  of  KRI. Under  the Agreement,  the  Company
acquired  all of the outstanding capital stock of KRI in exchange for $75,000 in
cash and 105,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock, and KRI  was merged with  and
into  the  Company. All  of the  outstanding stock  of KRI  was owned  by Donald
Potter, the father of Daniel Potter,  the Company's Chief Executive Officer  and
Chairman,  and Robert  Yager, a Director  of the Company,  the brother-in-law of
Daniel Potter, and the son-in-law of Donald Potter. In exchange for their shares
of the capital stock  of KRI, Donald  Potter received 26,250  shares of Class  A
Common  Stock and $19,200  in cash, and  Robert Yager received  78,750 shares of
Class A Common Stock and $55,800 in cash.
 
    Craig  Belisle  entered  into  the  Company's  standard  ten-year  franchise
agreement  in February 1984 for the operation of a superstore in the Twin Cities
area. Mr.  Belisle recently  entered into  another standard  ten-year  franchise
agreement  that expires in June 2005. Mr.  Belisle is the brother-in-law of John
M. Bedard, the Company's President and a Director.
 
    During fiscal 1996, the Company paid approximately $245,000 to Johnson, West
& Co. for accounting services in connection with the Company's acquisitions  and
for  tax preparation services. During the three  months ended July 31, 1996, the
Company paid approximately $40,800 to Johnson, West & Co. for accounting and tax
preparation services. Mr. Kelnberger, a Director of the Company, is a member  of
Johnson, West & Co.
 
    The  Company believes that the above arrangements  were on terms at least as
favorable as could be obtained from unaffiliated parties.
 
   
    The Company has Recourse  Notes from the  Company's Chief Executive  Officer
and   from   the  President   for   approximately  $2,089,000   and  $1,161,000,
respectively, including accrued  interest through  July 31,  1996. The  Recourse
Notes, which provide for full recourse against the respective officer's personal
assets  and Company stockholdings, are payable in ten equal annual installments,
the last of which is due in May 2005, and accrue interest at 6.9% per annum. The
Recourse Notes were issued by the executives upon their exercise in August  1995
of  420,000 options granted to them under the  Stock Option Plans in May 1995 at
an exercise price of $4.3125, the fair market value of the stock on the date the
options were granted. The Recourse Notes  represent the total exercise price  of
such  options plus amounts advanced by the Company to such executives to satisfy
then anticipated tax  liabilities. On the  effective date of  the Offering,  the
Recourse Notes shall be evidenced by promissory notes bearing interest at a rate
of  8%  per annum,  with  payment of  principal and  interest  due on  the third
anniversary of the closing of the Offering. In the event that the obligors  sell
any  shares of the Company's stock, the  net proceeds thereof will be applied to
payment, in part or in full, of the Recourse Notes.
    
 
    In addition, as of July 31, 1996, the Company has a note receivable from the
President of the Company for $29,000 which accrues interest at 8% per annum  and
is  due November  1996. The  note represents  advances from  the Company  to the
President from January 1994 to April 1994, together with accrued interest.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
 
GENERAL
 
    On the  date of  this  Prospectus, the  Company's authorized  capital  stock
consists of 50,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share,
of  which 11,002,735  are issued  and outstanding,  2,000,000 shares  of Class B
Common Stock, $.01  par value per  share (including the  Escrow Shares), all  of
which  are issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01
par value per share, none of which are outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The Class A Common Stock  and Class B Common  Stock do not carry  preemptive
rights  and are  substantially identical except  that holders of  Class A Common
Stock have the right to cast one vote for each share held of record and  holders
of Class B Common Stock have the right to cast five votes for each share held of
record  on all matters submitted  to a vote of the  holders of Common Stock. The
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on
all matters on which stockholders may vote, including the election of directors,
except when class voting is required by applicable law.
 
    Shares of  Class  B  Common  Stock are  automatically  convertible  into  an
equivalent  number of  fully paid  and non-assessable  shares of  Class A Common
Stock upon the sale or  transfer of such shares of  Class B Common Stock by  the
original  record holder thereof or upon the death of the original record holder.
Each share of Class B Common Stock also is convertible at any time at the option
of the holder  into one  share of  Class A Common  Stock; once  such shares  are
converted into Class A Common Stock, they are retired and unavailable for future
reissuance as Class B Common Stock.
 
    Holders  of the  Class A Common  Stock and  Class B Common  Stock have equal
ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefor, when, as  and
if  declared by the Board  of Directors and are entitled  to share ratably, as a
single class, in all of the assets of the Company available for distribution  to
holders  of shares of Common Stock  upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the affairs  of the Company. Holders  of Class A Common  Stock or Class  B
Common  Stock  do not  have preemptive,  subscription  or conversion  rights. No
redemption or  sinking fund  provisions exist  for the  benefit of  the Class  A
Common  Stock or  Class B Common  Stock. All  outstanding shares of  Class A and
Class B Common  Stock are,  and those  shares of  Class A  Common Stock  offered
hereby,  will be  validly issued, fully  paid and  non-assessable. Following the
completion of this Offering, the existing Class B Common stockholders will  have
significant  influence over control of the  Company, despite any accumulation of
Class A Common Stock by third parties.
 
    The difference in voting rights  described above increases the voting  power
of  the Class B Common stockholders and accordingly has an anti-takeover effect.
The existence of the Class B Common Stock may make the Company a less attractive
target for  a hostile  takeover bid  or render  more difficult  or discourage  a
merger  proposal, an unfriendly tender offer, a proxy contest, or the removal of
incumbent management, even if such transactions were favored by the stockholders
of  the  Company  other  than  the  Class  B  Common  stockholders.  Thus,   the
stockholders may be deprived of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium
over  prevailing market  prices in  the event of  a hostile  takeover bid. Those
seeking to acquire the Company through a business combination will be  compelled
to  consult first with the Class B Common stockholders in order to negotiate the
terms of such business combination. Any such proposed business combination  will
have to be approved by the Board of Directors, which may be under the control of
the  Class B Common stockholders, and if stockholder approval were required, the
approval of the Class  B Common stockholders will  be necessary before any  such
business combination can be consummated.
 
WARRANTS
 
    CLASS  A WARRANTS.  On the date of this Prospectus, the Company had reserved
348,050 Class A Warrants that are  issuable upon exercise of the Blair  Options.
The  holder of each  Class A Warrant  is entitled, upon  payment of the exercise
price of $6.50, to purchase  one share of Class A  Common Stock and one Class  B
Warrant. Unless previously redeemed, the Class A Warrants are exercisable at any
time after issuance until
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
July  19, 1999, provided that at such  time a current prospectus relating to the
Class A Common Stock and the Class B Warrants is then in effect and the Class  A
Common  Stock and  the Class B  Warrants are  qualified for sale  or exempt from
qualification under applicable state securities  laws. The Class A Warrants  are
subject to redemption, as described below.
 
    CLASS  B  WARRANTS.    On  the date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company has
outstanding 8,504,825  Class  B  Warrants,  and had  reserved  696,100  Class  B
Warrants  that are issuable  upon exercise of  the Blair Options.  The holder of
each Class B Warrant is entitled to  purchase one share of Class A Common  Stock
at  an exercise price of $8.75. Unless previously redeemed, the Class B Warrants
are exercisable at any time after issuance until July 19, 1999, provided that at
such time a current prospectus relating to  the Class A Common Stock is then  in
effect  and  the Class  A  Common Stock  is qualified  for  sale or  exempt from
qualification under applicable state securities  laws. The Class B Warrants  are
subject to redemption, as described below (collectively, the Class A and Class B
Warrants are referred to as the "Warrants").
 
    REDEMPTION.   Upon issuance, the Class  A Warrants are subject to redemption
by the Company  upon 30  days written notice,  at a  price of $.05  per Class  A
Warrant, if the average last reported sale price of the Class A Common Stock for
any  30 consecutive business days ending within 15 days of the date on which the
notice of redemption is given exceeds $9.10 per share. The Class B Warrants  are
subject  to redemption by the Company upon 30 days written notice, at a price of
$.05 per Class B Warrant, if the average closing bid price of the Class A Common
Stock for any 30 consecutive business days ending within 15 days of the date  on
which  the notice of  redemption is given  exceeds $12.25 per  share. Holders of
Warrants called  for  redemption  will automatically  forfeit  their  rights  to
purchase the shares of Class A Common Stock, and Class B Warrants in the case of
the  Class  A  Warrants, issuable  upon  exercise  of such  Warrants  unless the
Warrants are  exercised  before  the  close of  business  on  the  business  day
immediately  prior  to  the date  set  for  redemption. All  of  the outstanding
Warrants must be redeemed if any are  redeemed. A notice of redemption shall  be
mailed  to each of the  registered holders of the  Warrants by first class mail,
postage prepaid, upon 30 days' notice before the date fixed for redemption.  The
notice  of redemption  shall specify  the redemption  price, the  date fixed for
redemption, the place where the Warrant certificates shall be delivered and  the
redemption  price to be paid, and that  the right to exercise the Warrants shall
terminate at 5:00  p.m. (New  York City time)  on the  business day  immediately
preceding the date fixed for redemption.
 
    GENERAL.  The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the certificate(s)
therefor  on or  prior to  the expiration or  the redemption  date (as explained
above) at the offices of the Company's warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent")  with
the  form of "Election  to Purchase" on  the reverse side  of the certificate(s)
completed and executed  as indicated,  accompanied by  payment (in  the form  of
certified  or cashier's check payable  to the order of  the Company) of the full
exercise price for the number of Warrants being exercised.
 
    The Warrants contain  provisions that  protect the  holders thereof  against
dilution  by adjustment of the exercise price per share and the number of shares
issuable upon exercise thereof upon the occurrence of certain events,  including
issuances  of Class A  Common Stock (or  securities convertible, exchangeable or
exercisable into  Class  A  Common  Stock) at  less  than  market  value,  stock
dividends,  stock splits,  mergers, sale of  substantially all  of the Company's
assets, and  for other  extraordinary events;  provided, however,  that no  such
adjustment  shall be made upon, among other things, (i) the issuance or exercise
of options or other securities under the Company's Stock Option Plans or Formula
Plan or other employee benefit plans or (ii) the sale or exercise of outstanding
options or Warrants.
 
    The Company is  not required to  issue fractional shares  of Class A  Common
Stock,  and in  lieu thereof  will make  a cash  payment based  upon the current
market value of  such fractional  shares. The holder  of the  Warrants will  not
possess  any rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until such holder
exercises the Warrants.
 
    SOLICITATION FEE.   The Company has  agreed not to  solicit Class B  Warrant
exercises  other  than through  D.H. Blair.  Upon  any exercise  of the  Class B
Warrants, the Company will pay D.H. Blair a fee of 5% of the aggregate  exercise
price  (the "Warrant  Fee"), if (i)  the market  price of the  Company's Class A
Common Stock on  the date  the Warrant  is exercised  is greater  than the  then
exercise price of the Warrants; (ii) the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
warrantholder  designates  in  writing  that the  exercise  of  the  Warrant was
solicited by a member of the  National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc.;
(iii)  the Warrant is  not held in  a discretionary account;  (iv) disclosure of
compensation arrangements was  made both at  the time of  the Company's  initial
public  offering  and at  the  time of  exercise of  the  Warrants; and  (v) the
solicitation of  exercise of  the Warrant  was not  in violation  of Rule  10b-6
promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
    D.H.  Blair has  informed the Company  that the Commission  is conducting an
investigation concerning  various business  activities of  D.H. Blair  and  D.H.
Blair  & Co., Inc. ("Blair & Co."). The Company has been advised that D.H. Blair
cannot predict whether this investigation will ever result in any type of formal
enforcement action against D.H. Blair or Blair & Co. or, if so, whether any such
action might have an adverse effect on D.H.  Blair or Blair & Co. or any of  the
Company's securities.
 
    BLAIR  OPTIONS.  D.H. Blair and its  designees hold the Blair Options, which
were issued in connection with D.H.  Blair's services provided in the  Company's
initial  public offering  in July 1994  and subsequent public  offering in April
1995. Under the Blair Options, the holders may purchase up to (i) 117,500  units
at  $6.25 per unit, each  unit consisting of one share  of Class A Common Stock,
one Class A Warrant, and one Class B  Warrant, and (ii) 795 units at $1,300  per
unit,  each unit consisting of  290 shares of Class A  Common Stock, 290 Class A
Warrants and 290 Class B Warrants. The Warrants underlying the Blair Options are
not subject to  redemption until issued.  The Blair Options  and the  underlying
securities  may not be  sold, assigned or otherwise  transferred for three years
from the date of issuance.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Preferred Stock may be issued in series, and shares of each series  will
have  such rights and preferences as are fixed  by the Board of Directors in the
resolutions authorizing the issuance of  that particular series. In  designating
any  series  of Preferred  Stock, the  Board of  Directors may,  without further
action by the  holders of Common  Stock, fix the  number of shares  constituting
that  series  and fix  the dividend  rights,  dividend rate,  conversion rights,
voting rights (which  may be greater  or lesser  than the voting  rights of  the
Common  Stock),  rights  and terms  of  redemption (including  any  sinking fund
provisions), and the liquidation preferences  of the series of Preferred  Stock.
The  holders of any series of Preferred  Stock, when and if issued, are expected
to have priority claims to dividends  and to any distributions upon  liquidation
of  the Company,  and they may  have other  preferences over the  holders of the
Common Stock.
 
    The Board of Directors may issue series of Preferred Stock without action by
the stockholders of the  Company. Accordingly, the  issuance of Preferred  Stock
may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Common Stock. In addition,
the issuance of Preferred Stock may be used as an "anti-takeover" device without
further  action on the part of the stockholders. Issuance of Preferred Stock may
dilute the voting power of holders of Common Stock (such as by issuing Preferred
Stock with super-voting  rights) and may  render more difficult  the removal  of
current  management,  even if  such  removal may  be  in the  stockholders' best
interest. The Company has no current plans to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
ESCROW AGREEMENT
 
    Of the 13,002,735 shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this Offering,
1,300,000 shares of  Class B Common  Stock are held  in escrow and  will not  be
assignable  or transferable (but may be voted)  until such time, if ever, as the
Escrow Shares are released from escrow in accordance with the Escrow  Agreement.
Each holder of Class B Common Stock contributed pro rata to the number of Escrow
Shares. All Escrow Shares remaining in escrow on July 31, 1998 will be forfeited
and then canceled and contributed to the Company's capital.
 
    A  stockholder's rights  to his  shares in  escrow are  not affected  by any
change in his status as an employee, officer or director of, or his relationship
with, the Company, and, in the event  of such stockholder's death, the terms  of
the   Escrow  Agreement  will   be  binding  on   such  stockholder's  executor,
administrator, estate and legatees.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    Pursuant to  the Escrow  Agreement, 700,000  of the  Escrow Shares  will  be
released  from escrow  if and  only if the  Company's Minimum  Pretax Income (as
defined below, which definition causes  the adjustments set forth herein)  meets
or exceeds the following targets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TARGETS
                                                                    PRIOR TO      ADJUSTED
                                                      ORIGINAL        THIS       TARGETS FOR
                                                      TARGETS       OFFERING    THIS OFFERING
                                                    ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Year Ended April 30, 1995.........................  $  2,000,000  $  2,025,211  $   2,025,211
Year Ended April 30, 1996.........................     2,700,000     8,722,578      8,722,578
Year Ending April 30, 1997........................     4,000,000    15,537,767     20,085,323
Year Ending April 30, 1998........................     5,500,000    21,364,429     29,701,617
</TABLE>
 
    All  Escrow Shares  will be  released from  escrow if  the Company's Minimum
Pretax Income meets or exceeds the following targets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TARGETS
                                                                    PRIOR TO      ADJUSTED
                                                      ORIGINAL        THIS       TARGETS FOR
                                                      TARGETS       OFFERING    THIS OFFERING
                                                    ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>           <C>
Year Ended April 30, 1995.........................  $  3,300,000  $  3,341,599  $   3,341,599
Year Ended April 30, 1996.........................     3,300,000    10,660,928     10,660,928
Year Ending April 30, 1997........................     5,000,000    19,422,208     25,106,654
Year Ending April 30, 1998........................     6,700,000    26,025,759     36,181,969
</TABLE>
 
    Alternatively, 700,000 Escrow  Shares will  be released from  escrow if  the
closing  Bid Price of the Class A Common  Stock averages in excess of $15.00 per
share (subject  to adjustment  in the  event  of any  stock split,  dividend  or
distribution,  reverse stock  split or other  similar event)  for 20 consecutive
trading days at any time prior to July 19, 1997.
 
    In addition, all of the  Escrow Shares will be  released from escrow if  the
closing  Bid Price of the Class A Common  Stock averages in excess of $22.00 per
share (subject  to adjustment  in the  event  of any  stock split,  dividend  or
distribution,  reverse stock split or similar  event) for 20 consecutive trading
days at any time prior to July 19, 1997.
 
    "Minimum Pretax Income" means for any  fiscal year the Company's net  income
before provision for income taxes and exclusive of any extraordinary earnings or
charges  that would result from the release of the Escrow Shares, all as audited
by the Company's  independent auditors.  The Minimum Pretax  Income amounts  set
forth in the Escrow Agreement were subject to adjustment (proportional increase)
if  after the  execution of  the Escrow Agreement  additional shares  of Class A
Common Stock were issued (other than  in connection with stock dividends,  stock
splits  or similar events). The original Minimum Pretax Income targets set forth
above have been adjusted  to reflect subsequent issuances  of securities by  the
Company  (including  securities  issued  in  connection  with  acquisitions) and
assuming completion of this Offering.
 
    The Minimum Pretax Income levels set  forth above could be achieved  through
prospective  Company earnings or through an  acquisition or merger involving the
Company that  is  accounted  for  using  the  pooling  of  interests  method  of
accounting,  which  could  allow  for the  attainment  of  earnings  targets for
previous fiscal years.  However, the earnings  levels and the  share prices  set
forth  above were determined by negotiation  between the Company and Blair prior
to the Company's initial public offering and should not be construed to imply or
predict any future earnings by the Company  or any increase in the market  price
of its securities.
 
TRANSFER AND WARRANT AGENT
 
    The Company has appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York,
New  York, as  Transfer Agent  for its  Common Stock  and Warrant  Agent for the
Warrants.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
17,102,735 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of Class B Common
Stock  (including the  Escrow Shares).  All of the  6,100,000 shares  of Class A
Common Stock to be sold by the Company in this Offering will be freely tradeable
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for
any shares purchased by any person  who is or thereafter becomes an  "affiliate"
of the Company, which shares will be subject to the resale limitations contained
in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as described below.
 
    Holders of the Class B Warrants will be entitled to purchase an aggregate of
8,504,825 additional shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Class B
Warrants  at an exercise  price of $8.75 per  share, at any  time until July 19,
1999, provided  that  the  Company  satisfies  certain  securities  registration
requirements with respect to the securities underlying the Warrants. Any and all
shares  of Class A Common Stock purchased  upon exercise of the Warrants will be
freely tradeable, provided such registration requirements are met.
 
   
    All of the  shares of Class  B Common Stock  currently outstanding (and  the
shares  of Class A Common Stock into which they are convertible) and the 371,450
shares of  Class  A  Common Stock  issued  in  connection with  certain  of  the
Company's  acquisitions (the  "Acquisition Shares")  are "restricted securities"
within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and, in general, if held
for at least two years, will be eligible  for sale (with respect to the Class  B
Common  Stock, through  conversion into  an equal  number of  shares of  Class A
Common Stock)  in  the  public  market  in reliance  upon  and  subject  to  the
limitations  of Rule 144.  In general under  Rule 144 as  currently in effect, a
person (or persons whose shares are  aggregated), including a person who may  be
deemed  to be an  "affiliate" of the Company  as that term  is defined under the
Securities Act, is entitled to sell,  within any three month period, the  number
of  shares beneficially owned  for at least  two years that  does not exceed the
greater of (i) one percent of the number of the then outstanding shares of Class
A Common Stock, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Class A  Common
Stock  during the four calendar weeks preceding  such sale. Sales under Rule 144
are also subject to certain  requirements as to the  manner of sale, notice  and
the availability of current public information about the Company. Furthermore, a
person  who is not  deemed to have been  an affiliate of  the Company during the
ninety days preceding a sale by such person and who has beneficially owned  such
shares  for at least three years is  entitled to sell such shares without regard
to the volume, manner of sale or notice requirement.
    
 
   
    In addition, the Company has granted demand registration rights with respect
to the 371,450 shares of  Class A Common Stock  issued in connection with  three
acquisitions  completed by the Company during fiscal 1996. Approximately 315,343
of these shares also are subject to the restrictions of Regulation S and may not
be sold unless such shares are registered under the Act and any applicable state
securities law in the U.S. or such offer or sale is made pursuant to  exemptions
from  these registration requirements.  Commencing in July  1996, holders of the
demand registration  rights  will have  the  right  to require  the  Company  to
register  their  shares under  the  Securities Act  on  one occasion,  but, with
respect to 315,343 of such shares, only  to the extent that such shares may  not
be sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
    
 
    The  Company's directors, executive officers  and holders of all outstanding
shares of the Class  B Common Stock  have agreed not to  offer, sell, assign  or
transfer any securities of the Company for a period of 180 days from the closing
of  this Offering without  the prior written  consent of Piper  Jaffray Inc. The
sale, or availability for sale, of  substantial amounts of Class A Common  Stock
in  the public  market subsequent  to this  Offering could  adversely affect the
prevailing market  prices  of the  Company's  securities and  could  impair  the
Company's  ability to  raise additional capital  through the sale  of its equity
securities.
 
    Following this Offering, no predictions can  be made of the effect, if  any,
of  future public sales  of restricted shares or  the availability of restricted
shares for sale in the public  market. Moreover, the Company cannot predict  the
number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be sold in the future pursuant
to Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act because such sales will depend on,
among  other  factors, the  market price  of the  Class A  Common Stock  and the
individual circumstances of the  holders thereof. The  availability for sale  of
substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock acquired through the exercise of the
Class B Warrants, other outstanding options or the Blair Options could adversely
affect prevailing market prices for the Class A Common Stock.
 
    The  Company  has  filed a  registration  statement  on Form  S-8  under the
Securities Act to register shares of Class A Common Stock that have been issued,
or are  reserved  for  future  issuance,  to  current  employees,  directors  or
consultants of the Company pursuant to the exercise of stock options or purchase
rights granted under the Company's 1994 and 1995 Plans. See "Management -- Stock
Option Plans" and "Management -- Formula Stock Option Plan." Shares issued under
the  1994 and 1995  Plans will be  available for immediate  resale in the public
market.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    The Company has entered into a Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement")
with the underwriters listed in the table below (the "Underwriters"). Subject to
the terms and conditions  set forth in the  Purchase Agreement, the Company  has
agreed to sell 6,100,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Underwriters, and
each  of the Underwriters has severally agreed  to purchase the number of shares
of Class A Common Stock set forth opposite each Underwriter's name in the  table
below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER
UNDERWRITERS                                                                                 OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Piper Jaffray Inc..........................................................................   3,050,000
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.........................................................   3,050,000
                                                                                             ----------
  Total....................................................................................   6,100,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  Purchase  Agreement,  the
Underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the Class A Common Stock being  sold
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement if any is purchased (excluding shares covered
by  the over-allotment option granted therein). In the event of a default by any
Underwriter, the  Purchase Agreement  provides that,  in certain  circumstances,
purchase  commitments  of the  non-defaulting Underwriters  may be  increased or
decreased or the Purchase Agreement may be terminated.
 
   
    The Underwriters have advised the  Company that the Underwriters propose  to
offer  the Class A Common  Stock directly to the  public initially at the public
offering price set forth  on the cover  page of this  Prospectus and to  certain
dealers  at  such price  less  a concession  of not  more  than $.16  per share.
Additionally, the  Underwriters  may  allow,  and  such  dealers  may  allow,  a
concession  not in excess of $.10 per  share to certain other dealers. After the
Offering, the public offering  price and other selling  terms may be changed  by
the Underwriters.
    
 
   
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable by Piper
Jaffray Inc. within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to
915,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the same price per share to
be paid  by  the  Underwriters for  the  other  shares offered  hereby.  If  the
Underwriters  purchase any  of such additional  shares pursuant  to this option,
each Underwriter  will  be  committed  to purchase  such  additional  shares  in
approximately  the  same  proportion  as  set  forth  in  the  table  above. The
Underwriters  may  exercise  the  option  only  for  the  purpose  of   covering
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the distribution of the Class A
Common Stock offered hereby.
    
 
    The Company, its executive officers and Directors have agreed that they will
not sell, offer to sell, issue, distribute or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Class  A Common  Stock or any  options, rights  or warrants with  respect to any
shares of Class A Common  Stock or register any shares  of Class A Common  Stock
for  sale under the Securities Act,  for a period of 180  days after the date of
this Prospectus  (the "Lock-Up  Period") without  the prior  written consent  of
Piper  Jaffray Inc.,  except that the  Company may  issue shares of  (i) Class A
Common Stock pursuant to the over-allotment option, (ii) Class A Common Stock or
options to purchase Class A Common Stock  under the Plans, (iii) Class A  Common
Stock  upon the  exercise of  presently outstanding  warrants, and  (iv) Class A
Common Stock  in connection  with  the Company's  expansion strategy  of  growth
through  acquisitions, provided that such Class A Common Stock is restricted and
is not  tradeable prior  to the  expiration  of the  Lock-Up Period.  See  "Risk
Factors  -- Possible Depressive Effect on Price of Securities of Future Sales of
Common Stock and Exercise of Warrants; Issuance of Additional Shares."
 
   
    The Underwriters  have advised  the  Company that  the Underwriters  do  not
intend  to confirm sales  to any account over  which they exercise discretionary
authority in  excess of  5% of  the number  of shares  of Class  A Common  Stock
offered hereby.
    
 
   
    The  Company has agreed to indemnify  the Underwriters and their controlling
persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the  Securities
Act,  or to contribute to  payments the Underwriters may  be required to make in
respect thereof.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    In connection with  this Offering,  the Underwriters may  engage in  passive
market  making transactions in the  Class A Common Stock  on the Nasdaq National
Market immediately  prior to  the commencement  of sales  in this  Offering,  in
accordance  with  Rule 10b-6A  under  the Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934, as
amended. Passive  market  making  consists  of displaying  bids  on  the  Nasdaq
National  Market limited by the  bid prices of market  makers not connected with
this Offering  and making  purchases  limited by  such  prices and  effected  in
response  to order flow. Net purchases by a passive market maker on each day are
limited to a specified  percentage of the passive  market maker's average  daily
trading  volume in the Class  A Common Stock during  a specified period prior to
the filing of this Prospectus with the Commission and must be discontinued  when
such  limit is reached. Passive market making  may stabilize the market price of
the Class A Common Stock  at a level above  that which might otherwise  prevail,
and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    O'Connor,  Broude & Aronson, Bay Colony Corporate Center, 950 Winter Street,
Suite 2300, Waltham,  Massachusetts 02154  will pass  upon the  legality of  the
securities offered hereby for the Company. Certain attorneys at O'Connor, Broude
&  Aronson hold options to purchase up to 60,000 shares of Common Stock. Certain
legal matters will  be passed on  for the Underwriters  by Kaplan, Strangis  and
Kaplan,  P.A.,  5500  Norwest  Center,  90  South  Seventh  Street, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Video Update, Inc. as of April  30,
1995  and 1996, and  for each of the  three years in the  period ended April 30,
1996, included  in this  Prospectus have  been  audited by  Ernst &  Young  LLP,
independent  auditors, as set forth in  their report thereon appearing elsewhere
herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such
report given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting  and
auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-3 (the  "Registration Statement")  in accordance  with the  provisions of  the
Securities  Act, with respect to the  securities offered hereby. This Prospectus
does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and
the exhibits  thereto.  For  further  information,  reference  is  made  to  the
Registration  Statement and to  the exhibits filed  therewith. Statements herein
contained concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete
and, in each instance, reference is made  to the copy of such document filed  as
an  exhibit to  the Registration Statement.  The Registration  Statement and the
exhibits may be inspected without charge  at the offices of the Commission  and,
upon  payment to the Commission  of prescribed fees and  rates, copies of all or
any part thereof may be obtained  from the Commission's principal office at  the
Public  Reference Section, Room  1024, Judiciary Plaza,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington D.C. 20549,  or certain  of the  regional offices  of the  Commission
located  at 7 World Trade  Center, New York, New York  10048 or 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661,  upon payment to the Commission  of
prescribed fees and rates. Reports, and other information concerning the Company
may  also be inspected at the offices  of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., located
at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
 
    The following documents,  which have  been previously filed  by the  Company
with  the Commission  under the Exchange  Act, are incorporated  by reference in
this Prospectus:
 
    (1) Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for fiscal 1996, as amended by a Report  on
       Form 10-KSB/A;
 
    (2)  Quarterly Report  on Form  10-QSB for the  three months  ended July 31,
       1996; and
 
    (3) Description of  the Company's  Common Stock  in the  Company's Form  8-A
       Registration Statement, declared effective on July 20, 1994.
 
    All  documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
the  completion  of  the  Offering  described  herein  shall  be  deemed  to  be
incorporated  by reference into this Prospectus  from the respective dates those
documents are filed.
 
    Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein  shall be deemed to  be modified or  superseded
for  purposes of  the Registration Statement  and this Prospectus  to the extent
that a statement contained  herein or in any  subsequently filed document  which
also  is  or  is deemed  to  be  incorporated by  reference  herein  modifies or
supersedes such statement. Any  such statement so  modified or superseded  shall
not  be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of the
Registration Statement or this Prospectus.
 
    The Company will provide, without charge, to  each person to whom a copy  of
this  Prospectus is  delivered, upon  the written  or oral  request of  any such
person, a copy  of any  or all  of the  documents which  have been  incorporated
herein by reference, other than exhibits to such documents (unless such exhibits
are  specifically  incorporated by  reference). Requests  should be  directed in
writing to Daniel A. Potter, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Video Update,
Inc., 3100  World Trade  Center, 30  East Seventh  Street, St.  Paul,  Minnesota
55101, or by telephone at (612) 222-0006.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    No  material changes in the Company's affairs have occurred since the end of
fiscal 1996, which have not been described in an Annual Report on Form 10-KSB, a
Quarterly Report on Form  10-QSB or a  Current Report on Form  8-K filed by  the
Company under the Exchange Act.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 1995 and 1996 and as of July
   31, 1996...............................................................   F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended April 30, 1994,
   1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996....   F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
   April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended July 31,
   1996...................................................................   F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30,
   1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended July 31, 1995 and
   1996...................................................................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..............................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
Video Update, Inc.
 
    We  have  audited  the  accompanying consolidated  balance  sheets  of Video
Update, Inc. and subsidiaries  as of April  30, 1995 and  1996, and the  related
consolidated  statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the  three  years  in  the  period ended  April  30,  1996.  These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, these financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of  Video  Update,  Inc.  and
subsidiaries  at April 30,  1995 and 1996,  and the consolidated  results of its
operations and its cash flows  for each of the three  years in the period  ended
April 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in 1996 the
Company   changed  its  method  of  accounting   for  the  amortization  of  its
videocassette rental inventory.
 
   
                                                        Ernst & Young LLP
    
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
June 12, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      APRIL 30,      APRIL 30,
                                                         1995           1996
                                                     ------------   ------------     JULY 31,
                                                                                       1996
                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................   $      5,573   $       676    $     1,062
Accounts receivable...............................             91           558            690
Notes receivable from related parties.............             30         1,555          1,608
Inventory.........................................          1,239         4,545          4,930
Videocassette rental inventory -- net.............          4,821        25,701         29,120
Property and equipment -- net.....................          4,594        18,988         21,288
Prepaid expenses..................................            135           682          1,064
Goodwill -- net...................................          2,912        25,973         25,602
Other assets......................................             55           840            913
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
Total assets......................................   $     19,450   $    79,518    $    86,277
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Notes payable.....................................   $      1,278   $     4,859    $     9,418
Accounts payable..................................          1,194         8,692         10,253
Accrued compensation..............................            255         1,334          1,307
Accrued expenses..................................            735           977          1,270
Accrued rent expense..............................            157           228            236
Income taxes payable..............................              -           593            311
Deferred income taxes.............................            566           841            797
Other liabilities.................................             94           494            688
Commitments and contingencies.....................
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized shares -- 5,000,000
    Issued shares -- None.........................              -             -              -
  Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized shares -- 50,000,000...............
    Issued and outstanding shares -- 4,138,366 at
     April 30, 1995 and 11,017,735 at April 30,
     1996 and at July 31, 1996....................             41           110            110
  Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share:
    Authorized, issued and outstanding shares --
     2,000,000 at
     April 30, 1995 and 1996 and at July 31,
     1996.........................................             20            20             20
  Additional paid-in capital......................         14,552        61,029         61,029
  Retained earnings...............................            558         2,186          2,749
  Foreign currency translation....................              -           (34 )         (100 )
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                           15,171        63,311         63,808
  Notes receivable from officers for the exercise
   of options.....................................              -        (1,811 )       (1,811 )
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
Total stockholders' equity........................         15,171        61,500         61,997
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........   $     19,450   $    79,518    $    86,277
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,          JULY 31,
                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1994       1995       1996       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Rental revenue.........................................  $   4,180  $   8,364  $  46,592  $   4,803  $  17,184
  Service fees...........................................        472        421        491        126        119
  Product sales..........................................        337        266      3,421        243      1,260
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               4,989      9,051     50,504      5,172     18,563
Costs and expenses:
  Store operating expenses...............................      2,997      5,986     39,685      3,549     14,539
  Selling, general and administrative....................      1,179      2,223      5,362        830      1,978
  Cost of product sales..................................        186        136      1,880        167        680
  Amortization of goodwill...............................          -         83      1,072        119        371
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               4,362      8,428     47,999      4,665     17,568
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.........................................        627        623      2,505        507        995
Interest expense.........................................       (143)      (194)      (232)       (51)      (165)
Amortization of debt costs...............................          -       (157)         -          -          -
Other income.............................................         17        155        548         75        128
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                (126)      (196)       316         24        (37)
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before income taxes....        501        427      2,821        531        958
Income tax expense.......................................        200        214      1,193        231        395
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations........................        301        213      1,628        300        563
Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable
   income tax benefit....................................          -        (24)         -          -          -
  Loss on disposal of discontinued operations, net of
   applicable income tax benefit.........................          -        (35)         -          -          -
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss from discontinued operations....................          -        (59)         -          -          -
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income...............................................  $     301  $     154  $   1,628  $     300  $     563
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Primary income (loss) per share:
  Income from continuing operations......................  $     .33  $     .10  $     .15  $     .05  $     .05
  Discontinued operations................................          -       (.03)         -          -          -
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.............................................  $     .33  $     .07  $     .15  $     .05  $     .05
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Fully diluted income (loss) per share:
  Income from continuing operations......................  $     .33  $     .10  $     .14  $     .05  $     .05
  Discontinued operations................................          -       (.03)         -          -          -
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.............................................  $     .33  $     .07  $     .14  $     .05  $     .05
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CLASS A                   CLASS B           ADDITIONAL
                                                  COMON STOCK               COMMON STOCK          PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                            ------------------------  ------------------------    CAPITAL     EARNINGS
                                             NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF                -----------  -----------
                                              SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES       AMOUNT       AMOUNT       AMOUNT
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1993.................           -    $       -      455,520    $       5    $     461    $     103
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2.1953-for-1 stock split...............           -            -      544,480            5           (5)           -
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2-for-1 stock split....................           -            -    1,000,000           10          (10)           -
  Warrants issued in connection with
   subordinated equity notes..............           -            -            -            -            5            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -          301
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1994.................           -            -    2,000,000           20          451          404
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Initial Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................   1,351,250           13            -            -        5,280            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............     481,616            5            -            -        2,643            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Subsequent Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................   2,305,500           23            -            -        6,178            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -          154
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1995.................   4,138,366           41    2,000,000           20       14,552          558
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the overallotment option related to the
   Subsequent Public Offering.............     345,970            3            -            -          989            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............   1,603,444           17            -            -       14,746            -
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the redemption of the Class A
   Warrants...............................   4,502,105           45            -            -       28,369            -
  Issuance of shares related to employee
   stock options exercised................     427,850            4            -            -        1,842            -
  Notes issued by officers for the
   exercise of stock options..............           -            -            -            -            -            -
  Tax benefit resulting from the exercise
   of non-qualified stock options.........           -            -            -            -          531            -
  Foreign currency translation............           -            -            -            -            -            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -        1,628
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at April 30, 1996.................  11,017,735    $     110    2,000,000    $      20    $  61,029    $   2,186
  Foreign currency translation............           -            -            -            -            -            -
  Net income..............................           -            -            -            -            -          563
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
Balance at July 31, 1996 (unaudited)......  11,017,735    $     110    2,000,000    $      20    $  61,029    $   2,749
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
                                            -----------       -----   -----------         ---   -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                               FOREIGN      OFFICERS'
                                              CURRENCY        NOTES
                                             TRANSLATION   RECEIVABLE
                                            -------------  -----------
                                               AMOUNT        AMOUNT       TOTAL
                                            -------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1993.................    $       -     $       -   $     569
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2.1953-for-1 stock split...............            -             -           -
  Issuance of additional shares and
   transfer to adjust common stock to
   authorized par value as a result of
   2-for-1 stock split....................            -             -           -
  Warrants issued in connection with
   subordinated equity notes..............            -             -           5
  Net income..............................            -             -         301
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1994.................            -             -         875
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Initial Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................            -             -       5,293
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............            -             -       2,648
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Subsequent Public Offering net of
   registration expenses..................            -             -       6,201
  Net income..............................            -             -         154
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1995.................            -             -      15,171
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the overallotment option related to the
   Subsequent Public Offering.............            -             -         992
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the Company's acquisitions.............            -             -      14,763
  Issuance of shares in connection with
   the redemption of the Class A
   Warrants...............................            -             -      28,414
  Issuance of shares related to employee
   stock options exercised................            -             -       1,846
  Notes issued by officers for the
   exercise of stock options..............            -        (1,811)     (1,811)
  Tax benefit resulting from the exercise
   of non-qualified stock options.........            -             -         531
  Foreign currency translation............          (34)            -         (34)
  Net income..............................            -             -       1,628
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
Balance at April 30, 1996.................    $     (34)    $  (1,811)  $  61,500
  Foreign currency translation............          (66)            -         (66)
  Net income..............................            -             -         563
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
Balance at July 31, 1996 (unaudited)......    $    (100)    $  (1,811)  $  61,997
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
                                                  -----    -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,           JULY 31,
                                                            --------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                              1994       1995        1996       1995        1996
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income................................................  $     301  $     154  $    1,628  $     300  $      563
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
 by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...........................      1,149      2,212      15,241      1,208       5,701
  Deferred rent and other liabilities.....................          -        129         472         47         202
  Deferred income taxes...................................          -        406          31         34         (44)
  Provision for discontinued operations...................          -         35           -          -           -
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
   acquisitions of businesses:
    Accounts receivable...................................        (39)        24        (385)      (110)       (132)
    Notes receivable......................................        (14)         1        (272)        (1)        (53)
    Inventory.............................................       (124)      (946)     (2,563)      (511)       (384)
    Other assets..........................................       (141)         8        (801)         2        (531)
    Accounts payable......................................        143         92       5,921      2,094       1,560
    Income taxes payable..................................          -       (240)      1,130        197        (282)
    Other liabilities.....................................          -        317      (1,319)       150         198
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................      1,275      2,192      19,083      3,410       6,798
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of videocassette rental inventory................     (1,606)    (3,752)    (22,739)    (2,975)     (7,910)
Purchase of property and equipment........................       (400)    (2,901)    (12,301)    (1,335)     (3,062)
Investment in businesses, net of cash acquired............          -       (708)    (17,391)    (4,356)          -
Notes receivable from officers............................          -          -      (1,252)         -           -
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities.....................     (2,006)    (7,361)    (53,683)    (8,666)    (10,972)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from bank line of credit.........................          -          -       4,100          -       4,600
Proceeds from notes payable...............................        900      2,171           -          -          28
Payments on notes payable.................................       (164)    (2,829)     (3,838)      (146)        (68)
Payments of loan costs....................................        (24)      (145)          -          -           -
Proceeds from exercise of employee options................          -          -          35          -           -
Proceeds from exercise of Class A warrants................          -          -      28,414          -           -
Proceeds from issuance of common stock....................          -     11,494         992        992           -
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................        712     10,691      29,703        846       4,560
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..........        (19)     5,522      (4,897)    (4,410)        386
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............         70         51       5,573      5,573         676
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..................  $      51  $   5,573  $      676  $   1,163  $    1,062
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                             See accompanying notes
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
    Video  Update, Inc. and subsidiaries (the  "Company") own and operate retail
video stores and sell and support retail video franchises. Company-owned  stores
are  located in the United States and Canada with franchises located principally
in the United States.
 
    CONSOLIDATION
 
    The accompanying  financial statements  present the  consolidated  financial
position,  results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect  the amounts  reported  in the  consolidated  financial
statements   and  accompanying   notes.  The  most   significant  estimates  and
assumptions relate to the amortization methods and useful lives of videocassette
rental inventory and goodwill. These estimates and assumptions could change  and
actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The Company utilizes an unclassified balance sheet presentation. This format
was  followed  based  on the  premise  that the  videocassette  rental inventory
represents assets used by the Company to generate current operating income,  and
management  believes that to classify all of  these costs as noncurrent would be
misleading to  the readers  of the  financial statements  because it  would  not
indicate the level of assets expected to be converted into cash in the next year
as a result of the rentals of the videocassettes.
 
    SERVICE FEES
 
    The  Company receives continuing monthly royalty  and other fee revenue from
its franchisees based on a percentage of the franchisees' gross monthly revenue.
Royalty fee and other fee  revenues will continue for  the initial terms of  the
franchise  agreements,  after  which the  revenues  will be  based  upon renewed
franchise agreements. Origination franchise fees collected are deferred and  not
recorded as revenue in the statement of income until the franchisee has executed
a lease or a letter of intent for a franchised store location.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a remaining
maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
    INVENTORY
 
    Inventory is stated at  the lower of cost  or market. Inventory consists  of
videocassettes  held as base stock for the opening of new stores, videocassettes
held for sale and supplies available for sale to franchisees.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY
 
    Videocassette rental inventory is stated at cost, and is amortized over  the
estimated economic life as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NUMBER OF COPIES
OF TITLE PER STORE                       AMORTIZATION POLICY
- -------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>
One through three    Straight-line over 36 months to a salvage value of $6.00 per
                     videocassette.
 
Four through nine    Straight-line over 6 months to a book value of $6.00 and
                     then straight-line over 30 months.
 
Ten and over         Straight-line over 6 months to a book value of $6.00 and
                     then straight-line over 3 months.
</TABLE>
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Furniture  and  equipment are  recorded at  cost  and depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the  estimated economic life of  the asset of five  to
ten years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated economic life of ten years
or the lease term.
 
    GOODWILL
 
    Goodwill,  consisting principally  of excess cost  over net  assets from the
acquisitions of businesses, is  net of accumulated  amortization of $83,000  and
$1,155,000  at April 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $1,526,000 at July 31,
1996, and is  being amortized  on a straight-line  basis over  twenty years.  If
facts  and circumstances suggest  that the goodwill will  not be recoverable, as
determined based on the undiscounted cash flows of the assets acquired over  the
remaining  amortization period, the Company's carrying value of goodwill will be
reduced by the estimated shortfalls of cash flows.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company  accounts  for  income taxes  utilizing  the  liability  method.
Deferred   income  taxes  are  recorded  to  reflect  the  tax  consequences  of
differences between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities.
 
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    The  Company plans  to implement the  disclosure provisions  of Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards   Number  123  (SFAS   123),  "Accounting   for
Stock-Based  Compensation", in fiscal 1997. SFAS 123 was issued by the Financial
Accounting Standards  Board in  October  1995, and  allows companies  to  choose
whether  to account  for stock-based  compensation under  the current  method as
prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 25 (APB 25) or use  the
fair value method described in SFAS 123. The Company plans to continue to follow
the  accounting measurement provisions of APB 25. Therefore, management believes
the impact of implementing the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 will not have a
significant effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
 
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Number  121  (SFAS  121)  "Accounting  for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  and for Long-Lived Assets  to Be Disposed  Of."
SFAS 121 prescribes the accounting treatment for long-lived assets, identifiable
intangibles and goodwill related to those assets when there are indications that
the carrying
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
values  of those  assets may  not be  recoverable. Management  believes that the
adoption of SFAS 121 in fiscal 1997  will not have a material adverse effect  on
the Company's results of operations or its financial condition taken as a whole.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    At  April  30, 1995  and  1996, and  July 31,  1996,  the carrying  value of
financial instruments such as  cash and cash  equivalents, accounts payable  and
notes payable approximated their fair values.
 
    NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
 
    Net  income per share is computed by dividing net income for the year by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock  equivalents,
if  dilutive, outstanding during the year. The weighted average number of shares
used in the net income  per share calculation was  reduced by the common  shares
placed in escrow in connection with the Company's initial public offering.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS
                                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL        ENDED
                                                                                   30,                 JULY 31,
                                                                        -------------------------  ----------------
                                                                         1994     1995     1996     1995     1996
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
PRIMARY NET INCOME PER SHARE
Net income............................................................  $   301  $   154  $ 1,628  $   300  $   563
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Class A common shares outstanding at year end.......................        -    4,138   11,018    5,206   11,018
  Class B common shares outstanding at year end.......................    2,000    2,000    2,000    2,000    2,000
  Less: Class B common shares placed in escrow in connection with the
   initial public offering............................................   (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)
  Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding..........      204   (2,612)  (2,046)    (542)      --
  Effect of shares issuable under stock options and warrants based on
   the treasury stock method..........................................        -        -      991      576      629
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
    Shares used in computing net income per share.....................      904    2,226   10,663    5,940   12,347
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net income per common and common equivalent share, primary............  $   .33  $   .07  $   .15  $   .05  $   .05
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
 
FULLY DILUTED NET INCOME PER SHARE
Net income............................................................  $   301  $   154  $ 1,628  $   300  $   563
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Class A common shares outstanding at year end.......................        -    4,138   11,018    5,206   11,018
  Class B common shares outstanding at year end.......................    2,000    2,000    2,000    2,000    2,000
  Less: Class B common shares placed in escrow in connection with the
   initial public offering............................................   (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)  (1,300)
  Effect of using weighted average common shares outstanding..........      204   (2,612)  (2,046)    (542)      --
  Effect of shares issuable under stock options and warrants based on
   the treasury stock method..........................................        -        -    1,557      592      629
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
    Shares used in computing net income per share.....................      904    2,226   11,229    5,956   12,347
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
Net income per common and common equivalent share, fully diluted......  $   .33  $   .07  $   .14  $   .05  $   .05
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
                                                                        -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  accompanying financial statements as of July 31, 1996 and for the three
month periods  ended July  31, 1996  and July  31, 1995  are unaudited.  In  the
opinion of the management of the Company, these financial statements reflect all
adjustments,  consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for
a fair presentation of the financial  statements. The results of operations  for
the three month period ended July 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for the full year ending April 30, 1997.
 
    RECLASSIFICATION
 
    Certain  prior year items have been  reclassified to conform with the fiscal
1996 presentation.
 
2.  CHANGE IN AMORTIZATION METHOD FOR VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY
    Effective February 1,  1996, videocassettes that  are considered base  stock
(including  copies  one through  three of  new releases)  are amortized  over 36
months on a straight-line basis to  a salvage value of $6.00 per  videocassette.
New  release videocassettes are  amortized as follows:  the fourth through ninth
copies of each  title per store  are amortized on  a straight-line basis  during
their  first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a straight-line
basis over 30 months  with no salvage  value; and the  tenth and any  succeeding
copies  of each title  per store are  amortized on a  straight-line basis during
their first six months to a net book value of $6.00 and then on a  straight-line
basis  over three months with no salvage  value. The changes, which represent in
part a change in accounting principle and a change in accounting estimate,  have
been  reflected in the accompanying financial statements in total as a change in
an estimate in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
    Prior to February 1, 1996, base stock videocassettes were amortized over  36
months on a straight-line basis with no salvage value. Prior to May 1, 1995, new
release  videocassettes were amortized  as follows: copies  one through three of
each title per  store were  amortized as base  stock; the  fourth through  ninth
copies  of each title per store were amortized  40% in the first year and 30% in
each of the second and third years;  and the tenth and any succeeding copies  of
each title per store were amortized over nine months on a straight-line basis.
 
    The  new method  of amortization  was adopted  because the  Company believes
accelerating expense recognition for new release videocassettes (copies four and
greater) during the first six months  more closely matches the typically  higher
revenue   generated  following  a  title's  release,  and  believes  that  $6.00
represents a reasonable  salvage value  for base stock  videocassettes after  36
months.
 
    The effect of the change for recognizing salvage value of base stock and the
effect  of the application of the  new method of amortizing videocassette copies
in excess  of the  base stock  to May  1, 1995,  had the  impact, in  total,  of
increasing  amortization  expense  by  $2,773,000  and  decreasing  income  from
continuing operations  and net  income by  $1,604,000, or  $.15 per  share,  for
fiscal  1996, after the effect  of income taxes of  $1,169,000, all of which has
been recorded  in the  fourth quarter.  The  application of  the new  method  of
amortizing  videocassettes during the first quarter of fiscal 1996 (three months
ended July 31, 1995) would have increased amortization expenses by $288,000  and
decreased net income by $171,000, or $.02 per share, for the period.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3. VIDEOCASSETTE RENTAL INVENTORY -- NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                    APRIL 30,  APRIL 30,       JULY 31,
                                                      1995        1996           1996
                                                    ---------  ----------  ----------------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>         <C>
Videocassette rental inventory....................  $   8,387  $   41,759     $   49,647
Accumulated amortization..........................     (3,566)    (16,058)       (20,527)
                                                    ---------  ----------       --------
                                                    $   4,821  $   25,701     $   29,120
                                                    ---------  ----------       --------
                                                    ---------  ----------       --------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization  expense for videocassette rental  inventory, which is included
in store operating expenses,  was $975,000, $1,643,000  and $12,532,000 for  the
years  ended  April 30,  1994,  1995 and  1996,  respectively, and  $905,000 and
$4,491,000 for the three months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- NET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                                         APRIL 30,   APRIL 30,      JULY 31,
                                                           1995        1996           1996
                                                        -----------  ---------  ----------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>        <C>
Land..................................................   $     458   $     473     $      473
Buildings.............................................       1,085       1,300          1,300
Furniture and equipment...............................       3,074      12,218         13,991
Leasehold improvements................................         651       7,332          8,617
Accumulated depreciation..............................        (674)     (2,335)        (3,093)
                                                        -----------  ---------        -------
                                                         $   4,594   $  18,988     $   21,288
                                                        -----------  ---------        -------
                                                        -----------  ---------        -------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense was  $134,000, $299,000  and $1,607,000  for the  years
ended April 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and $183,000 and $763,000 for
the three months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE
    The notes payable balance consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                                                    APRIL 30,    APRIL 30,       JULY 31,
                                                                      1995         1996            1996
                                                                   -----------  -----------  -----------------
                                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Revolving credit facility with a bank; quarterly payments of
 interest at the prime rate (8.25% at April 30, 1996) maturing in
 April 1997 and secured by all assets of the Company.............   $       -    $   4,100       $   8,700
 
Note payable, interest at the United States government treasury
 securities rate plus 4.5% (10.26% at April 30, 1996). The note
 is secured by a mortgage and specific assets of the Company.....         567          548             543
 
Note payable in monthly installments of $14,329 which includes
 interest at 7.5% until December 1996............................           -          111              70
 
Other notes payable with monthly installments ranging from $1,305
 to $2,105 with interest rates of 9.25% to 11%...................         136          100             105
 
Note payable to a bank, monthly installments of $15,036, which
 included interest at the bank's base rate plus 3% (12.00% at
 April 30, 1995). The note was paid in full in April 1996........         423            -               -
 
Contract for deed payable, monthly installments of $2,296 which
 included interest at 12%. The contract for deed was paid in full
 in 1996.........................................................         152            -               -
                                                                   -----------  -----------         ------
                                                                    $   1,278    $   4,859       $   9,418
                                                                   -----------  -----------         ------
                                                                   -----------  -----------         ------
</TABLE>
 
    In April 1996, the Company entered into a one-year revolving credit facility
("Line  of  Credit")  under  which  the Company  may  borrow  up  to $10,000,000
($4,100,000 outstanding at April 30, 1996 and $8,700,000 outstanding at July 31,
1996), with amounts borrowed thereunder bearing interest at variable rates based
on the federal funds rate, prime rate or the interbank Eurodollar rate. The Line
of Credit is convertible into a two-year term loan if it is not renewed.  During
the  term of  the Line of  Credit and thereafter  to the extent  any amounts are
outstanding under  the  Line  of  Credit, the  Company  is  subject  to  various
restrictive  covenants.  The  Line  of Credit  also  requires  that  the Company
maintain certain cash flow ratios as well as certain ratios of total liabilities
to tangible net worth.
 
    The weighted-average interest rate on  borrowings outstanding was 10.0%  and
8.25% and 8.25% at April 30, 1995 and 1996, and July 31, 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  NOTES PAYABLE (CONTINUED)
    The  aggregate maturities  of the  notes payable  at April  30, 1996  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>
1997......................................................     $   4,331
1998......................................................            22
1999......................................................            24
2000......................................................            26
2001......................................................            34
2002 and thereafter.......................................           422
                                                                  ------
                                                               $   4,859
                                                                  ------
                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Family members of stockholders  own a majority interest  at April 30,  1994,
1995  and 1996 in two, one and one franchise stores, respectively. The amount of
service fees earned from these franchisees was $30,000, $18,000 and $20,000  for
the  years ended  April 30,  1994, 1995 and  1996, respectively,  and $5,400 and
$1,468 for the  three months  ended July 31,  1995 and  1996, respectively.  The
amount  due from the franchisees at April  30, 1995 and 1996 amounted to $2,000,
for each year and $1,800 at July 31, 1996.
 
    In 1994,  the Company  entered into  an Agreement  and Plan  of Merger  with
Koonrod,  Inc. ("KRI")  and the  stockholders of  KRI. Under  the Agreement, the
Company acquired all  of the outstanding  stock of KRI  in exchange for  $75,000
cash  and 105,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock which were valued
at approximately  $496,000,  and  KRI  was merged  into  the  Company.  The  two
stockholders of KRI who owned all of the outstanding stock of KRI are the father
and brother-in-law of the Company's Chief Executive Officer ("CEO").
 
    In  1995,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Purchase  Agreement  with  Bedard
Entertainment, Inc. ("BEI"),  and the  stockholders of BEI.  Under the  Purchase
Agreement,  the  Company acquired  substantially  all of  the  assets of  BEI in
exchange for  15,000  shares of  Class  A Common  Stock  and the  assumption  of
indebtedness   of  BEI  in  the  amount   of  approximately  $275,000.  The  two
stockholders of  BEI who  owned all  of the  outstanding stock  of BEI  are  the
brother and sister-in-law of the Company's President.
 
    During  the years ended April 30, 1994,  1995 and 1996, the Company incurred
approximately $19,000,  $48,000, and  $245,000,  respectively, and  $16,300  and
$40,800  for the  three months  ended July 31,  1995 and  1996, respectively, in
expenses from Johnson, West  & Co., PLC ("Johnson,  West & Co.") for  accounting
and tax services. A director of the Company is a member of Johnson, West & Co.
 
    In  fiscal 1996,  the Company  advanced to its  CEO and  its President under
notes receivable, as amended, $1,164,000  and $647,000, respectively, to  enable
them  to exercise options to purchase a total of 420,000 shares of the Company's
Class A Common Stock at an exercise  price of $4.3125, the fair market value  of
the stock on the date the options were granted, with such amounts reflected as a
reduction  of stockholders' equity at April  30, 1996. Additionally, the Company
advanced these officers under similar  arrangements an additional $1,252,000  to
satisfy  the then anticipated  tax liabilities. The  notes receivable as amended
are full recourse loans payable in ten equal installments due in August of  each
of  the first nine years with  the final payment due in  May of 2005 and accrues
interest at 6.9%. The total due  the Company under the notes including  interest
was approximately $3,197,000 at April 30, 1996 and $3,250,000 at July 31, 1996.
 
    As  of April 30,  1995 and 1996  and July 31,  1996, the Company  has a note
receivable from the  President for $26,000,  $29,000 and $29,000,  respectively,
which bears interest at 8% and is due November 1996.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  LEASE AGREEMENTS
    The Company leases office and retail space under operating leases with terms
of 6 to 144 months. These leases generally have a term of three to ten years and
provide  options  to renew  for periods  ranging from  three to  five additional
years. Under the leasing  agreements, the Company  is generally responsible  for
the  real estate taxes,  insurance, and other expenses  related to the property.
The leases  expire  at varying  dates  through  2008. The  Company  also  leases
vehicles and computer equipment.
 
    At  April 30, 1996,  minimum annual rental  commitments under non-cancelable
operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>
1997......................................................    $   11,074
1998......................................................        10,338
1999......................................................         8,972
2000......................................................         6,569
2001......................................................         4,737
2002 and thereafter.......................................        13,739
                                                                 -------
Total minimum lease payments..............................    $   55,429
                                                                 -------
                                                                 -------
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense, principally  retail and office  space, under operating  leases
amounted  to $630,000, $1,292,000  and $7,675,000 for the  years ended April 30,
1994, 1995 and  1996, respectively, and  $828,000 and $2,875,000  for the  three
months ended July 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
8.  INCOME TAXES
    Income  from continuing  operations before  income taxes  in fiscal  1996 of
$2,821,000 is  comprised of  $2,412,000 in  the United  States and  $409,000  in
Canada,  and $886,000 in  the United States  and $72,000 in  Canada in the first
quarter of fiscal 1997. There were no operations outside of the United States in
prior years.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Income tax expense is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                              -------------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                 1994         1995         1996       JULY 31, 1995    JULY 31, 1996
                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
Current:
  Federal...................   $      92    $     (28)   $     833      $     148        $     318
  State.....................          33            -          164             49               84
  International.............           -            -          165              -               35
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
                                     125          (28)       1,162            197              437
Deferred:
  Federal...................          57          164           39             27              (38)
  State.....................          18           41          (53)             7               (4)
  International.............           -            -           45              -                -
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
                                      75          205           31             34              (42)
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
Total income tax expense....         200          177        1,193            231              395
Income tax benefit related
 to
 discontinued operations....           -           37            -              -                -
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
Income tax expense related
 to continuing operations...   $     200    $     214    $   1,193      $     231        $     395
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
                                   -----        -----   -----------         -----            -----
</TABLE>
 
    Components of the net deferred tax liability, resulting from differences  in
book and income tax accounting methods, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                     THREE
                                                                                     MONTHS
                                                               APRIL      APRIL      ENDED
                                                                30,        30,      JULY 31,
                                                                1995       1996       1996
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Tax over book depreciation and amortization...............  $   420    $   780    $   846
  Tax over book merger basis adjustment.....................      248        337        304
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                  668      1,117      1,150
Deferred income tax assets:
  Book over tax rent expense................................     (102)      (276)      (353)
                                                              --------   --------   --------
  Net deferred income tax liabilities.......................  $   566    $   841    $   797
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                              --------   --------   --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
8.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The  reconciliation of  the federal  statutory rate  (34%) to  the Company's
effective income tax rate is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,                 JULY 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                           1994          1995          1996         1995         1996
                                       ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Federal tax at statutory rate........        34.0%         34.0%         34.0%        34.0%        34.0%
State tax, net of federal benefit....         6.7          10.8           2.6          7.0          3.6
International........................           -             -           2.0            -          1.4
Goodwill.............................           -           7.0           2.0          2.3          1.7
Other................................         (.8)          1.7           1.7           .2           .5
                                              ---           ---           ---          ---          ---
                                             39.9%         53.5%         42.3%        43.5%        41.2%
                                              ---           ---           ---          ---          ---
                                              ---           ---           ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
    
 
9.  SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,              JULY 31,
                                            -------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                               1994         1995         1996         1995        1996
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------     -----     ---------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest paid.............................   $      93    $     213    $     226    $      49   $     120
Income taxes paid.........................   $     120    $      41    $      29            -   $     717
</TABLE>
    
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
    In July and August 1994, the  Company completed its initial public  offering
("IPO")  of 1,351,250 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Class A Common
Stock, one Class  A Warrant  and one Class  B Warrant,  including 176,350  Units
subject  to the  underwriter's over-allotment. Proceeds  to the  Company, net of
registration expenses, were approximately $5,300,000.
 
    In February 1995, the Company increased  the number of authorized shares  of
Class A Common Stock from 18,000,000 shares to 50,000,000 shares.
 
    In April and May 1995, the Company completed a subsequent public offering of
2,305,500  Units  and 345,970  Units for  the underwriter's  overallotment, each
consisting of one share  of Class A  Common Stock, one Class  A Warrant and  one
Class  B Warrant.  Proceeds to the  Company, net of  registration expenses, were
approximately $7,200,000.
 
    The number of outstanding shares of Class  A Common Stock at April 30,  1996
includes  55,000  unregistered  shares  related to  one  of  the  Company's 1996
acquisitions pending resolution of a dispute with the sellers.
 
    CLASS A COMMON STOCK -- CLASS B COMMON STOCK
 
    The rights of the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common
Stock are essentially identical  and, except as expressly  required by law,  are
treated  as a single class of stock in  all respects, except that the holders of
the Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders  of
the Class B Common Stock are entitled to five votes per share, and each share of
Class  B Common Stock is  convertible into one share of  Class A Common Stock at
any time and automatically converts  into one share of  Class A Common Stock  in
the event of any sale or transfer, and upon the death of the original holder.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
10. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    In  connection with the Company's  IPO, all of the  holders of the Company's
Class B Common Stock have placed, on a pro rata basis, an aggregate of 1,300,000
shares (the "Escrow Shares") into escrow. The Escrow Shares will be released  to
the  stockholders on a pro  rata basis, in the  event specified levels of pretax
income of the Company for the years ending April 30, 1995 to April 30, 1998  are
achieved,  or the  market price  of the Company's  Class A  Common Stock attains
specified targets during a 36 month period commencing from the effective date of
the registration statement relating to  the Company's IPO. Any shares  remaining
in  escrow  on  July 31,  1998  will be  forfeited,  which shares  will  then be
contributed to the Company's capital.
 
    In the event that the foregoing earnings or market price levels are attained
and the  Escrow Shares  released,  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  has
adopted  the position that the release  of Escrow Shares to officers, directors,
employees and consultants of the Company will be compensatory and,  accordingly,
a  non-cash compensation expense  would be recorded with  an increase to paid-in
capital for financial reporting purposes. As such, stockholder's equity in total
would not change. The expense  would equal the fair  market value of the  Escrow
Shares on the date of release and could result in a material charge to earnings.
 
    WARRANTS -- CLASS A AND B
 
    Each  of the  units sold in  connection with the  Company's public offerings
consisted of one  share of  Class A  Common Stock of  the Company,  one Class  A
Warrant  and one Class  B Warrant. The  components of the  units were separately
transferable immediately. When issued, each Class A Warrant, upon its  exercise,
entitled  the holder to purchase one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock
and one Class B Warrant. The Class A Warrant exercise price was $6.50 per  share
subject  to  certain  adjustments.  In  August  1995,  the  Company  called  for
redemption all of  its outstanding  Class A  Warrants. The  redemption date  set
forth in the Notice of Redemption was September 7, 1995. Approximately 4,502,000
Class  A Warrants  were exercised  resulting in net  proceeds to  the Company of
approximately $28,414,000. At April 30, 1996,  the Company has Class B  Warrants
outstanding enabling the holders the ability to purchase approximately 8,005,000
shares  of Class A Common Stock at $8.75 per share. Such warrants expire in July
1999. In addition,  there are  500,000 Class  B Warrants  outstanding that  were
issued  by the Company  in a 1994  bridge financing. These  warrants provide the
holders the  ability to  purchase the  underlying Class  A Common  Stock of  the
Company at $8.75 per share and expire July 1999.
 
    BLAIR OPTIONS
 
    At  April 30, 1996  the Company has  117,500 shares of  Class A Common Stock
reserved for issuance upon  exercise of the Unit  Purchase Option (the  "Initial
Option")  at  an aggregate  exercise  price of  $734,375,  issued to  D.H. Blair
Investment  Banking  Corp.  ("Blair")  in   connection  with  its  services   as
underwriter  of the Company's initial public offering; 230,550 shares of Class A
Common Stock reserved  for issuance upon  exercise of the  Unit Purchase  Option
(the  "Subsequent Option") at an aggregate  exercise price of $1,033,500, issued
to Blair or its'  affiliates in connection with  its services as underwriter  of
the  Company's subsequent public offering  (collectively, the Initial Option and
the Subsequent Option are referred to as the "Blair Options"); 348,050 shares of
Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the redeemable Class
A Warrants (the "Class A Warrants") underlying the Blair Options, at an exercise
price of $6.50 per share; 696,100 shares  of Class A Common Stock issuable  upon
exercise  of the Class B  Warrants underlying the Blair  Options, at an exercise
price of $8.75 per share.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
11. STOCK OPTION PLANS
    In April 1994, the Company established  an incentive stock option plan  (the
"1994 Stock Plan") whereby 150,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were reserved.
The  options can be either incentive  stock options or non-qualified options, as
defined by  Section 422  of the  Internal  Revenue Code  ("Section 422")  to  be
granted  to eligible  individuals. The  exercise price  for the  incentive stock
options granted under the 1994 Stock Plan  may not be less than the fair  market
value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is granted.
 
    In  May 1995, the  Company established an additional  stock option plan (the
"1995 Plan")  whereby  850,000  shares  were  reserved  for  grant  to  eligible
individuals  to purchase Class A Common Stock  of the Company. Options under the
1995 Plan may be incentive stock options or non-qualified options. The  exercise
price  for the incentive  stock options granted  under the 1995  Plan may not be
less than fair market value of the Class  A Common Stock on the date the  option
is  granted.  In August  1995, 420,000  options  were exercised  by the  CEO and
President of the Company.
 
    The remaining options granted to employees under the stock plans vest over a
three year period from the date of issue, or vest according to income and  share
price  targets set  forth in the  escrow share  agreement of the  Class B Common
shares.
 
    In September 1994, the Board of Directors approved the Formula Stock  Option
Plan  (the "Formula Plan")  whereby 50,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock have
been reserved.  The  Formula  Plan  provides for  the  granting  of  options  to
non-management  directors  of  the Company.  As  of  April 30,  1996  options to
purchase 6,000 shares of Class A  Common Stock were granted. The exercise  price
for  the incentive stock options granted under the plan may not be less than the
fair market value of the Class A Common Stock on the date the option is granted.
To date, none of these options have been exercised.
 
    Option activity is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994 AND
                                                SHARES     1995 PLAN       FORMULA                      EXERCISE
                                              AVAILABLE     OPTIONS     PLAN OPTIONS                     PRICE
                                              FOR GRANT   OUTSTANDING    OUTSTANDING    EXERCISABLE    PER SHARE
                                              ----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Balance at April 30, 1994...................     150,000           -              -              -                -
  Establishment of the Formula Plan.........      50,000           -              -              -                -
  Granted...................................    (169,200)    166,200          3,000              -    $4.50 - $6.75
  Became exercisable........................           -           -              -         61,170     4.50 -  5.50
  Canceled..................................      30,900     (30,900)             -        (10,815)            5.00
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
Balance at April 30, 1995...................      61,700     135,300          3,000         50,355     4.50 -  6.75
  Establishment of the 1995 Plan............     850,000           -              -              -                -
  Granted...................................    (830,000)    827,000          3,000              -     4.31 - 10.25
  Became exercisable........................           -           -              -        576,000     4.31 -  7.63
  Exercised.................................           -    (427,850)             -       (427,850)    4.31 -  4.50
  Canceled..................................       6,000      (6,000)             -         (2,000)            7.63
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
Balance at April 30, 1996...................      87,700     528,450          6,000        196,505     4.31 - 10.25
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
                                              ----------  -----------         -----     -----------
</TABLE>
 
12. ACQUISITIONS
    During fiscal years 1995 and 1996, the Company acquired, in 19 transactions,
nine video retail stores  previously operated by  Video Update franchisees,  and
141 video retail stores operated by unaffiliated third
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
12. ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
party operators (the "Acquisitions"). The purchase method of accounting has been
used  to account for each of the  Acquisitions and are included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
 
    During fiscal year 1995, the  Company acquired, in seven transactions,  nine
video  retail stores  previously operated by  Video Update  franchisees and five
retail stores  operated by  unaffiliated third  party operators.  The  aggregate
purchase price of these acquisitions totaling approximately $3,510,000, included
$862,000  in  cash,  and  481,616  shares of  Class  A  Common  Stock  valued at
$2,648,000. The excess of the cost over  the estimated fair value of the  assets
acquired  of  $2,775,000 is  being amortized  over 20  years on  a straight-line
basis.
 
    During fiscal 1996,  the Company  acquired, in 12  transactions, 136  retail
stores.   The   aggregate  purchase   price   of  these   acquisitions  totaling
approximately  $40,114,000,  included   $17,391,000  in   cash,  $3,319,000   in
promissory  notes, $4,641,000 in assumed indebtedness and transaction costs, and
1,603,444 shares of Class A Common Stock valued at $14,763,000 and an option  to
purchase  20,000 shares  of Class A  Common Stock at  a price equal  to the fair
market value at the date of issuance. The excess of the cost over the  estimated
fair value of the assets acquired of $24,352,000 (goodwill and deferred charges)
is being amortized over 20 years on a straight-line basis.
 
    In  connection  with six  acquisitions in  which the  Company has  issued an
aggregate of  635,613  shares  of Class  A  Common  Stock, the  Company  may  be
obligated  to make deficiency  payments to such sellers  equal to the difference
between the guaranteed price of $7.00 to  $12.00 for each share issued, and  the
actual  market  price of  such shares  as  of specified  dates between  July and
October 1996. As of April 30, 1996  the deficiency payments are estimated to  be
approximately equal to $1,180,000. In two of these acquisitions, the Company has
the option of satisfying approximately $1,105,000 of this liability at April 30,
1996  through the issuance of approximately 136,000 additional shares of Class A
Common Stock (based on the April 30, 1996 stock price).
 
    The following  unaudited pro  forma  information presents  the  consolidated
results  of operations of the Company as  if the Acquisitions had been completed
at the  beginning  of  the  year  in which  the  acquisition  occurred  and  the
immediately  preceding year.  In the  opinion of  the Company's  management, all
adjustments necessary to present  fairly such pro forma  summary have been  made
based on the terms and structure of the transactions.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                          -------------------------------
                                                            1994       1995       1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                       DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................  $   8,650  $  50,177  $  62,949
Income from continuing operations.......................  $     520  $   4,196  $   3,037
Primary income per share................................  $     .35  $     .46  $     .26
Fully diluted income per share..........................  $     .35  $     .46  $     .25
</TABLE>
 
    This unaudited pro forma financial summary does not necessarily indicate the
actual  results had the Acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the respective
periods, nor do they purport to indicate the results of future operations of the
Company.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
13. GEOGRAPHIC BUSINESS OPERATIONS
    The Company owns and operates retail  video stores in the United States  and
in Canada. A summary of the Company's operations by geographic area is presented
for  1996. There were no operations outside of the United States in prior years.
All intercompany revenues and expenses have been eliminated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       OPERATING     TOTAL
                                                           REVENUES     INCOME      ASSETS
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>
United States............................................  $  40,372   $   2,107   $  70,582
Canada...................................................     10,132         398       8,936
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                           $  50,504   $   2,505   $  79,518
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                           ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
14. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
    Effective October  31,  1994, the  Company  adopted  a plan  to  dispose  of
Gamesters,  a video game specialty store. Accordingly, Gamesters was reported as
a discontinued operation at October 31, 1994, and the financial statements  have
been reclassified to report separately the operating results of the business.
 
    The  provision for losses  on the disposal  of Gamesters was  $35,000 net of
taxes of $25,000, consisting of an estimated loss on disposal of the business of
$12,000 and a  provision of $48,000  for anticipated losses  until disposal.  In
addition,  the summary operating  results of the  discontinued operation for the
year ended April 30, 1995 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Product sales.....................................................  $  31,000
Cost and expenses.................................................     67,000
                                                                    ---------
(Loss) before income taxes........................................    (36,000)
Income tax benefit................................................     12,000
                                                                    ---------
Net (loss)........................................................  $ (24,000)
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
   
    The Company filed a registration statement with the Securities and  Exchange
Commission  in  July  1996, which  has  since  been amended  to  offer  for sale
approximately 6,100,000 shares of  its Class A Common  Stock in an  underwritten
public  offering. A portion of the net proceeds  of the Offering will be used to
retire outstanding notes payable of $4,100,000 as of April 30, 1996. The  effect
on  supplemental net income and net  income per share as a  result of the use of
proceeds to reduce outstanding debt is not material.
    
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
    In June 1996,  the Board of  Directors approved an  additional stock  option
plan (the "1996 Plan"). The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of up to 820,000
options  to eligible individuals to  purchase shares of Class  A Common Stock of
the Company.  Options under  the 1996  Plan may  be incentive  stock options  or
non-qualified options.
 
   
    In  connection with the  acquisition of the  assets of Talerico Enterprises,
Inc. and  Michael Talerico  (collectively "TEI")  in October  1995, the  Company
advised  TEI of what it  believed to be various  breaches of representations and
warranties made  by  TEI in  its  asset  purchase agreement  with  the  Company.
Accordingly,  the Company  withheld a portion  of the  purchase price, including
55,000 shares of Class  A Common Stock.  In December 1995,  TEI filed an  action
against  the  Company  in  Arizona  state  court  for  breach  of  contract (the
"Action"). In August  1996, the Company  and TEI agreed  to settle the  disputes
underlying the
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                 APRIL 30, 1996
                   (INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO JULY 31, 1996
        AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
   
Action.  Under  the terms  of  the settlement,  the  Company agreed  to  pay TEI
$225,000 (including approximately $140,000 of  the withheld purchase price)  and
to issue 40,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the "TEI Common Stock"). TEI has
agreed  not to sell, pledge or encumber any  of the TEI Common Stock until April
1997, and thereafter not more than 10,000 shares of TEI Common Stock within  any
six  month period through August 1998. The Company has agreed to make deficiency
payments in cash to TEI if the  aggregate sale proceeds of the TEI Common  Stock
do  not equal $500,000 through arms-length  sales at different intervals through
September 1998.
    
 
    In connection  with  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  Videoland,  Inc.
("Videoland") in November 1995, the Company issued 239,163 shares of its Class A
Common  Stock (the "Videoland Shares") to the sellers of the assets of Videoland
(the "Videoland Sellers").  With respect  to the Videoland  Shares, the  Company
agreed  to make a deficiency payment in October 1996 to the Videoland Sellers if
the gross  proceeds received  by such  sellers from  the sale  of the  Videoland
Shares during the six months from March 1996 through September 1996 is not equal
to  the number  of shares  of Videoland  Shares sold  multiplied by  $12.00. The
Videoland Sellers were  subject to certain  "lockup" or sale  restrictions as  a
condition  to any  deficiency payment. Although  the Videoland  Sellers have now
requested a deficiency payment of approximately $1,220,000 in October 1996 based
on a  sale  of all  of  the Videoland  Shares,  the Company  believes  that  the
Videoland  Sellers have violated  the contractual lockup  and sale restrictions.
Accordingly, the Company has  initiated an action in  federal district court  in
Minnesota for a declaratory judgment that the Videoland Sellers are not entitled
to any deficiency payment. Although no assurances can be given as to the outcome
of such action, the Company intends to vigorously pursue the matter.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                   [ARTWORK:
 
- --  Two exterior photos of a Video Update  store -- one with a day time backdrop
and one with a  night time backdrop,  each with store  signage and store  rental
promotion  posters. Interior  photos of  Video Update  store, with videocassette
displays and customers. All  photos with a backdrop  of videocassette movie  box
covers.]
<PAGE>
No  dealer,  salesman  or any  other  person  has been  authorized  to  give any
information or to make  any representation not contained  in this Prospectus  in
connection  with  the offering  herein contained,  and, if  given or  made, such
information or representation must not be relied upon as having been  authorized
by  the Company or an Underwriter. This  Prospectus does not constitute an offer
to sell, or a  solicitation of an  offer to buy, any  of the securities  offered
hereby  in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an
offer or  solicitation  in  such  jurisdiction. Neither  the  delivery  of  this
Prospectus  nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances create any
implication that there has been  no change in the  affairs of the Company  since
any  of the dates as of which information  is furnished herein or since the date
hereof.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary..........................................    3
Risk Factors................................................    6
Use of Proceeds.............................................   12
Price Range of Common Stock.................................   12
Dividend Policy.............................................   12
Capitalization..............................................   13
Selected Historical Financial Data..........................   14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of
 Operations.................................................   16
Business....................................................   25
Concurrent Registration by Selling Stockholders.............   34
Management..................................................   35
Principal and Selling Stockholders..........................   43
Certain Transactions........................................   45
Description of Securities...................................   46
Underwriting................................................   51
Legal Matters...............................................   52
Experts.....................................................   52
Additional Information......................................   52
Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference...........   53
Recent Developments.........................................   53
Financial Statements........................................  F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                6,100,000 SHARES
    
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                    CLASS A
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                              --------------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
 
                              --------------------
 
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
 
                             THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY
                                 COMPANY, INC.
 
   
                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following  is  an  itemization  of  all  expenses  (subject  to  future
contingencies) (items marked with an asterisk (*) represent estimated  expenses)
incurred  or expected  to be  incurred by  the Company  in connection  with this
Registration Statement:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Registration Fee -- SEC.....................................  $15,327.57
Registration Fee -- NASD....................................    6,215.00
Printing Costs*.............................................  135,000.00
Legal Fees*.................................................  325,000.00
Accounting Fees*............................................  225,000.00
Miscellaneous*..............................................   43,457.43
                                                              ----------
    Total*..................................................  $750,000.00
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Delaware General Corporation Law,  Section 102(b)(7), enables a  corporation
in  its original  certificate of incorporation  or an  amendment thereto validly
approved by stockholders to eliminate or limit personal liability of members  of
its  Board of Directors for  violations of a director's  fiduciary duty of care.
However, the elimination of  limitation shall not apply  where there has been  a
breach  of  the duty  of  loyalty, failure  to act  in  good faith,  engaging in
intentional misconduct  or  knowingly violating  a  law, paying  a  dividend  or
obtaining   an  improper   personal  benefit.   The  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation includes the following provision:
 
        "To the maximum extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the General
    Corporation Law of Delaware, a director of this corporation shall not be
    personally liable to  the corporation or  its stockholders for  monetary
    damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability
    (i)  for any breach of the directors' duty of loyalty to the corporation
    or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts  or omissions not  in good faith  or
    which  involve  intentional misconduct  or a  knowing violation  of law,
    (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv)
    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
    benefit."
 
    Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  Section  145,  permits  a  corporation
organized under Delaware law to indemnify directors and officers with respect to
any  matter in which the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be not opposed  to the best interests of the  Company,
and, with respect to any criminal action, he had reasonable cause to believe his
conduct was not unlawful. The Company's Bylaws include the following provision:
 
        "Reference  is made to Section 145 and any other relevant provisions
    of the  General Corporation  Law of  the State  of Delaware.  Particular
    reference   is  made  to  the   class  of  persons,  hereinafter  called
    "Indemnitees," who may be indemnified by a Delaware corporation pursuant
    to the provisions of such Section 145, namely, any person or the  heirs,
    executors, or administrators of such person, who was or is a party or is
    threatened  to be made  a party to any  threatened, pending or completed
    action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or
    investigative, by  reason of  the fact  that  such person  is or  was  a
    director,  officer, employee, or agent of  such corporation or is or was
    serving at  the request  of  such corporation  as a  director,  officer,
    employee,  or agent of another  corporation, partnership, joint venture,
    trust, or  other  enterprise.  The  Corporation  shall,  and  is  hereby
    obligated  to, indemnify the Indemnitees, and  each of them, in each and
    every  situation  where  the  Corporation  is  obligated  to  make  such
    indemnification  pursuant  to  the aforesaid  statutory  provisions. The
    Corporation shall indemnify the Indemnitees,  and each of them, in  each
    and  every situation,  where, under the  aforesaid statutory provisions,
    the Corporation  is  not obligated,  but  is nevertheless  permitted  or
    empowered,  to  make  such indemnification,  it  being  understood that,
    before making such indemnification with respect to any situation covered
    under this sentence, (i) the Corporation shall promptly make or cause to
    be made, by any  of the methods  referred to in  Subsection (d) of  such
    Section 145, a determination as to whether each Indemnitee acted in good
    faith  and in a manner  he reasonably believed to  be in, or not opposed
    to, the  best interests  of the  Corporation, and,  in the  case of  any
    criminal action or proceeding, had no
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful, and (ii) that
    no  such indemnification shall be made unless it is determined that such
    Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to
    be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, in
    the case of any criminal action  or proceeding, had no reasonable  cause
    to believe that his conduct was unlawful."
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS
 
    (a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1*    Form of Purchase Agreement by and between the Company, Piper
              Jaffray Inc. and The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.
 
       5**   Opinion  letter of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson as to legality
              of shares being registered.
 
      10     Form of Second Amendment to Credit Agreement by and  between
              the Company and Bank of America Illinois.
 
      23a**  Consent  of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson (contained in Opinion
              filed as Exhibit 5).
 
      23b    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
 * Replaces and supersedes the corresponding exhibit previously filed with the
Commission.
    
   
** Previously filed with the Commission on July 11, 1996.
    
 
    (b) The following  exhibits were filed  as part of  the Company's  Quarterly
Report  on  Form 10-QSB  for  the fiscal  quarter ended  July  31, 1996,  and is
incorporated herein by reference:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      10a    1996 Stock Option Plan.
 
      10b    Form of Uniform Franchise Offering Circular.
</TABLE>
    
 
    (c) The following exhibit was filed  as part of the Company's Annual  Report
on  Form 10-KSB for  the fiscal year  ended April 30,  1996, and is incorporated
herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3     Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
</TABLE>
 
    (d) The following exhibit was filed as part of the Company's Current  Report
on  Form 8-K filed  with the Commission  on March 14,  1996, and is incorporated
herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       3     Bylaws, as amended.
</TABLE>
 
    (e) The following  exhibits were filed  as part of  the Company's Form  SB-2
Registration  Statement (No. 33-89018)  declared effective by  the Commission on
April 7, 1995, and are incorporated herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       4a    Form of Unit Purchase Option.
 
      10c    Form of Amendment to Warrant  Agreement dated July 20,  1994
              between  the  Company,  American  Stock  Transfer  &  Trust
              Company and D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (f) The following  exhibits were filed  as part of  the Company's Form  SB-2
Registration  Statement (No. 33-79292-C) declared effective by the Commission on
July 20, 1994, and are incorporated herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                 TITLE
- -----------  ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       4a    Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate.
 
       4b    Specimen Class B Common Stock Certificate.
 
       4c    Form of Warrant  Agreement, including  Form of  Class A  and
              Class B Warrant Certificates.
 
       4d    Form  of  Unit  Purchase  Option  of  D.H.  Blair Investment
              Banking Corp.
 
       4e    Form of Escrow Agreement between certain Stockholders of the
              Company, the Company  and American Stock  Transfer &  Trust
              Company.
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
        (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment  to this  Registration Statement  to include  any
    material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
    disclosed  in  the Registration  Statement or  any  material change  to such
    information in the Registration Statement.
 
        (2) That,  for  the  purpose  of determining  any  liability  under  the
    Securities  Act of 1933, each such  post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be  a  new registration  statement  relating to  the  securities  offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
        (3)  To remove from registration by  means of a post-effective amendment
    any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at   the
    termination of the Offering.
 
        (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933, each  filing of  the registrant's  annual report  pursuant to
    Section 13(a) or 15(d)  of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934 (and,  where
    applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant
    to   Section  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  that  is
    incorporated by reference in the  registration statement shall be deemed  to
    be  a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
    and the offering of such securities at  that time shall be deemed to be  the
    initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
        (5)  That insofar as  indemnification for liabilities  arising under the
    Securities  Act  of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
    controlling  persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
    or otherwise, the  Registrant has been  advised that in  the opinion of  the
    Securities  and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is against public
    policy as expressed  in the  Act and  is, therefore,  unenforceable. In  the
    event  that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
    the payment by the  Registrant of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director,
    officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of
    any  action, suit  or proceeding) is  asserted by such  director, officer or
    controlling person in connection with  the securities being registered,  the
    Registrant  will, unless in the  opinion of its counsel  the matter has been
    settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of   appropriate
    jurisdiction  the  question whether  such indemnification  by it  is against
    public policy as  expressed in the  Act and  will be governed  by the  final
    adjudication of such issue.
 
        (6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act  of 1933, the information  omitted from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (7)  That,  for  the  purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the
    Securities Act of 1933, each  post-effective amendment that contains a  form
    of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of  the  requirements  for  filing  on  Form  S-3  and  has  duly  caused   this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf  by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized,  in the City of St. Paul,
State of Minnesota, on September 26, 1996.
    
 
                                VIDEO UPDATE, INC.
 
                                By:             /s/ DANIEL A. POTTER
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                                  Daniel A. Potter
                                               CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement has been signed  by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                          CAPACITY                DATE
- ------------------------------------  -------------------------  --------------
 
<C>                                   <S>                        <C>
                                      Chairman of the Board,
        /s/ DANIEL A. POTTER           and Chief Executive
 ----------------------------------    Officer (principal        September 26,
          Daniel A. Potter             executive officer)        1996
 
         /s/ JOHN M. BEDARD
 ----------------------------------   President and Director     September 26,
           John M. Bedard                                        1996
 
        /s/ DANIEL C. HOWARD          Chief Operations Officer
 ----------------------------------    and Director              September 26,
          Daniel C. Howard                                       1996
 
                                      Chief Financial Officer
     /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. GONDECK        (principal
 ----------------------------------    financial and accounting  September 26,
       Christopher J. Gondeck          officer)                  1996
 
        /s/ ROBERT E. YAGER           Vice President of Store
 ----------------------------------    Operations                September 26,
          Robert E. Yager              and Director              1996
 
       /s/ PAUL M. KELNBERGER
 ----------------------------------   Director                   September 26,
         Paul M. Kelnberger                                      1996
 
      /s/ JANA WEBSTER VAUGHN
 ----------------------------------   Director                   September 26,
        Jana Webster Vaughn                                      1996
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                 TITLE
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
   1*      Form of Purchase Agreement by and between the Company, Piper
            Jaffray Inc. and The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.
 
   5**     Opinion letter of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson as to legality
            of shares being registered.
 
  10       Form of Second Amendment to Credit Agreement by and between
            the Company and Bank of America Illinois
 
  23a**    Consent of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson (contained in Opinion
            filed as Exhibit 5).
 
  23b      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
 * Replaces and supersedes the corresponding exhibit previously filed with the
Commission.
    
   
** Previously filed with the Commission on July 11, 1996.
    
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                               6,100,000 SHARES(1)


                               VIDEO UPDATE, INC.

                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                                          September ___, 1996
                                                 

PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.
 As Representatives of the several
  Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
c/o Piper Jaffray Inc.
Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402

Gentlemen:

     Video Update, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") proposes to 
sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the 
"Underwriters") 6,100,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of Class A Common Stock, 
$.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company.  The Company 
has also granted to the several Underwriters an option to purchase up to 
915,000 additional shares of Common Stock, on the terms and for the purposes 
set forth in Section 3 hereof (the "Option Shares"). The Firm Shares and any 
Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Purchase Agreement are herein 
collectively called the "Securities."

     The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale of 
the Securities to the several Underwriters, for whom you are acting as 
Representatives (the "Representatives"):

- ----------------------
(1)  Plus an option to purchase up to 915,000 additional shares to cover
     over-allotments.

<PAGE>

     1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  A registration statement on Form S-3 (File
No. 333-07929) with respect to the Securities, including a preliminary form of
prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and
regulations ("Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") thereunder and has been filed with the Commission; one or
more amendments to such registration statement have also been so prepared and
have been, or will be, so filed.  Copies of such registration statement and
amendments and each related preliminary prospectus have been delivered to you.

     If the Company has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an amendment to the
registration statement and an amended prospectus.  If the Company has elected to
rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, it will prepare and file a
prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) that discloses the information previously
omitted from the prospectus in reliance  upon Rule 430A.  Such registration
statement as amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the
Commission, together with (a) any registration statement filed by the Company
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act and (b) the documents incorporated by
reference in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time
such Registration Statement became effective, and, in the event of any amendment
thereto after the effective date and prior to the First Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined), such registration statement as so amended (but only from
and after the effectiveness of such amendment), including the information deemed
to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant
to Rule 430A(b), if applicable, is hereinafter called the "Registration
Statement."  The prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time
it is or was declared effective by the Commission is hereinafter called the
"Prospectus," except that if any prospectus filed by the Company with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations or any other
prospectus provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use in connection
with the offering of the Securities (whether or not required to be filed by the
Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
Regulations) differs from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration
Statement is or was declared effective by the Commission, the term "Prospectus"
shall refer to such differing prospectus from and after the time such prospectus
is filed with the Commission or transmitted to the Commission for filing
pursuant to such Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it is first provided to
the Underwriters by the Company for such use.  The term "Prospectus" may refer,
if applicable, to the term sheet or abbreviated term sheet filed by the Company
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) together with the last
preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement filed prior to the
time it becomes effective or filed pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act from
and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters by the Company for
delivery to purchasers of the Securities.  The term "Preliminary Prospectus" as
used herein means any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration
Statement prior to the time it becomes or became effective under the Act and any
prospectus subject to completion as described in Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations.  Any reference herein to any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus
shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents

                                        2
<PAGE>

incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 under the Act,
as of the date of the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be;
any reference to any amendment or supplement to any Preliminary Prospectus or
Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents filed after the
date of such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be, under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and
incorporated by reference in such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the
case may be; and any reference to any amendment to the Registration Statement
shall be deemed to refer to and include any annual report of the Company filed
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15 (d) of the Exchange Act after the effective date
of the Registration Statement that is incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

          (a)  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
several Underwriters as follows:

          (i)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
     of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; except
     that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
     information furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through
     you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

          (ii)  The documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, when
     they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may
     be, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act or
     the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder, and none of such documents contained an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
     to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading; and any further documents so filed and incorporated by
     reference in the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement thereto,
     when such documents become effective or are filed with the Commission, as
     the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements
     of the Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and
     regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
     misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall
     not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in
     conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an
     Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.


                                        3
<PAGE>

          (iii)  As of the time the Registration Statement (or any
     post-effective amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the
     Commission, upon the filing or first delivery to the Underwriters of the
     Prospectus (or any supplement to the Prospectus) and at the First Closing
     Date and Second Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (A) the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus (in each case, as so amended and/or supplemented)
     will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of
     the Act and the Rules and Regulations, (B) the Registration Statement (as
     so amended) will not or did not include an untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) the
     Prospectus (as so supplemented) will not or did not include an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
     be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
     the circumstances in which they are or were made, not misleading; except
     that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any
     such document in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information
     furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you,
     specifically for use in the preparation thereof.  If the Registration
     Statement has been declared effective by the Commission, no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued,
     and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company's
     knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

          (iv)  The financial statements of the Company, together with the notes
     thereto, set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus comply in
     all material respects with the requirements of the Act and fairly present
     the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the
     results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein
     specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
     consistently applied throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise
     stated therein); and the supporting schedules included in the Registration
     Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.  No
     other financial statements or schedules are required to be included in the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus.  Ernst & Young, LLP, which has
     expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements and
     schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus, are independent public accountants
     as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (v)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized
     and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries
     has full corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct
     its business as currently being carried on and as described in the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business
     as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it
     owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes

                                        4

<PAGE>

     such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would
     have a material adverse effect upon its business, condition (financial or
     otherwise) or properties, taken as a whole.

          (vi)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct
     or contingent, or entered into any material transactions, or declared or
     paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its
     capital stock; and there has not been any change in the capital stock
     (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock
     due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or
     warrants), or any material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or
     any issuance of options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights
     to purchase the capital stock, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
     other than pursuant to stock option plans referred to in the Registration
     Statement, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a
     prospective material adverse change, in the general affairs, condition
     (financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net
     worth or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken
     as a whole.

          (vii)  Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is not pending or,
     to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action,
     suit or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a
     party before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or
     any arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, net worth or
     results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.

          (viii)  There are no contracts or documents of the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries that are required to be filed as exhibits to the
     Registration Statement by the Act or by the Rules and Regulations that have
     not been so filed.

          (ix)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
     by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of
     the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to
     indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and
     except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally
     and subject to general principles of equity.  The execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions
     herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the
     terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, any
     agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is
     bound or to which any of its property is subject, the Company's charter or
     by-laws, or any order, rule, regulation or decree of any court or
     governmental agency or body having jurisdiction

                                        5
<PAGE>

     over the Company or any of its properties; no consent, approval,
     authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency
     or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement or for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby,
     including the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except
     such as may be required under the Act or state securities or blue sky laws;
     and the Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement
     and to authorize, issue and sell the Securities as contemplated by this
     Agreement.

          (x)  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
     Company, including the outstanding shares of Common Stock, are duly
     authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been
     issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, were not
     issued in violation of or subject to any preemptive rights or other rights
     to subscribe for or purchase securities, and the holders thereof are not
     subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the
     Securities which may be sold hereunder by the Company have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms hereof, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and
     nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to personal
     liability by reason of being such holders; and the capital stock of the
     Company, including the Common Stock, conforms to the description thereof in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  Except as otherwise stated in
     the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no preemptive rights
     or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon
     the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
     Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which
     the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound.  Neither the
     filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the
     Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for
     or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other
     securities of the Company, except for such rights as have been waived or 
     complied with.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock 
     of each of the Company's subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized
     and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise 
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and except for any
     directors' qualifying shares, the Company owns of record and beneficially, 
     free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, proxies, equities 
     or other encumbrances, all of the issued and outstanding shares of such 
     stock. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the 
     Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other 
     rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company or any 
     subsidiary of the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company or
     any subsidiary of the Company.  The Company has an authorized and 
     outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement and
     the Prospectus.

          (xi)  The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating
     in compliance in all material respects with, all franchises, grants,
     authorizations,

                                        6
<PAGE>

     licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any 
     governmental or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its 
     business and all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, 
     permits, easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in
     full force and effect; and the Company and each of its subsidiaries
     is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal,
     state, local and foreign laws, regulations, orders and decrees.

          (xii)  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title
     to all property described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as
     being owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims,
     security interests or other encumbrances except such as are described in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such as do not materially
     interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the
     Company or its subsidiaries; the property held under lease by the Company
     and its subsidiaries is held by them under valid, subsisting and
     enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular
     lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the
     business of the Company or its subsidiaries; the Company and each of its
     subsidiaries owns or possesses all patents, patent applications,
     trademarks, service marks, tradenames, trademark registrations, service
     mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and
     rights necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its
     subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus; except as stated in the Registration Statement
     and Prospectus, no name which the Company or any of its subsidiaries uses
     and no other aspect of the business of the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license
     or similar fees for, any patents, patent applications, trademarks, service
     marks, tradenames, trademark registrations, service mark registrations,
     copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets or other similar rights of
     others material to the business or prospects of the Company and neither the
     Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any
     such infringement or fee.

          (xiii)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
     violation of its respective charter or by-laws or in breach of or otherwise
     in default in the performance of any material obligation, agreement or
     condition contained in any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement
     or any other material contract, lease or other instrument to which it is
     subject or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
     material property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     subject, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus.

          (xiv)  The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state,
     local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed and
     are not in default in the payment of any taxes which were payable pursuant
     to said returns or any


                                        7
<PAGE>

     assessments with respect thereto, other than any which the Company or any
     of its subsidiaries is contesting in good faith.

          (xv)  The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any
     prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and
     sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus or the
     Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by the
     Company.

          (xvi)  The Securities have been approved for designation upon notice
     of issuance on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market
     under the symbol "VUPDA".

          (xvii)  Other than the subsidiaries of the Company listed in
     Exhibit 2(a) hereto, the Company owns no capital stock or other equity or
     ownership or proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, 
     association, trust or other entity.

          (xviii)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting
     controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions
     are executed in accordance with management's general or specific
     authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
     preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets;
     (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
     general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          (xix)  Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, the Company has
     not incurred any liability for any finder's or broker's fee or agent's
     commission in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
     or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          (xx)  The conditions for use of Form S-3, as set forth in the General
     Instructions thereto, have been satisfied.

          (xxi)  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates
     is presently doing business with the government of Cuba or with any person
     or affiliate located in Cuba.

          (b)  Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered
     to you or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation
     and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered
     thereby.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     3.   PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.

          (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements 
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, 
the Company agrees to issue and sell 6,100,000 Firm Shares to the several 
Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to 
purchase from the Company the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the 
name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto.  The purchase price for each 
Firm Share shall be $3.72 per share. The obligations of each Underwriter to 
the Company shall be to purchase from the Company that number of Firm Shares 
(to be adjusted by the Representatives to avoid fractional shares) which 
represents the same proportion of the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the 
Company pursuant to this Agreement as the number of Firm Shares set forth 
opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto represents to the 
total number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters pursuant to 
this Agreement.  In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting 
severally and not jointly; except as provided in paragraph (c) of this 
Section 3 and in Section 8 hereof, the agreement of each Underwriter is to 
purchase only the respective number of Firm Shares specified in Schedule I.

          The Firm Shares will be delivered by the Company to you for the 
accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the purchase price 
therefor by certified or official bank check or other next day funds payable 
to the order of the Company or the Custodian, as appropriate, at the offices 
of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, 
Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, 
at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the fourth full business day following the 
date hereof, or at such other time as you and the Company determine, such 
time and date of delivery being herein referred to as the "First Closing 
Date."  The Firm Shares, in definitive form and in such denominations and 
registered in such names as you may request upon at least two business days' 
prior notice to the Company, will be made available for checking and 
packaging at the offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 
South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be 
mutually acceptable, at least one business day prior to the First Closing 
Date.

          (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements 
herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, 
the Company hereby grants to the several Underwriters an option to purchase 
all or any portion of the Option Shares at the same purchase price as the 
Firm Shares, for use solely in covering any over-allotments made by the 
Underwriters in the sale and distribution of the Firm Shares.  The option 
granted hereunder may be exercised at any time (but not more than once) 
within 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement upon notice 
(confirmed in writing) by the Representatives to the Company setting forth 
the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the several Underwriters 
are exercising the option, the

                                       9
<PAGE>

names and denominations in which the certificates for the Option Shares are to
be registered and the date and time, as determined by you, when the Option
Shares are to be delivered, such time and date being herein referred to as the
"Second Closing" and "Second Closing Date", respectively; provided, however,
that the Second Closing Date shall not be earlier than the First Closing Date
nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option
shall have been exercised.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each
Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option Shares to
be purchased by the several Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares to be
purchased by such Underwriter is of the total number of Firm Shares to be
purchased by the several Underwriters, as adjusted by the Representatives in
such manner as the Representatives deem advisable to avoid fractional shares.
No Option Shares shall be sold and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously
have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered.

          The Option Shares will be delivered by the Company as appropriate to
you for the accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the purchase
price therefor by certified or official bank check or other next day funds
payable to the order of the Company, as appropriate, at the offices of Piper
Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis,
Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable at 9:00 a.m.,
Minneapolis time, on the Second Closing Date.  The Option Shares in definitive
form and in such denominations and registered in such names as you have set
forth in your notice of option exercise, will be made available for checking and
packaging at the office of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South
Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually
acceptable, at least one business day prior to the Second Closing Date.

          (c)  It is understood that you, individually and not as 
Representatives of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated 
to) make payment to the Company, on behalf of any Underwriter for the 
Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter.  Any such payment by you shall 
not relieve any such Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder.  Nothing 
herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated 
association or partner with the Company.

          4.   COVENANTS.  The Company covenants and agrees with the several 
Underwriters as follows:

          (a)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared
     effective by the Commission, the Company will use its best efforts to cause
     the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto to
     become effective as promptly as possible; the Company will notify you
     promptly of the time when the Registration Statement or any post-effective
     amendment to the Registration

                                       10

<PAGE>

     Statement has become effective or any supplement to the Prospectus has been
     filed and of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement
     to the Registration Statement or Prospectus or additional information; if
     the Company has elected to rely on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations,
     the Company will file a Prospectus containing the information omitted
     therefrom pursuant to such Rule 430A with the Commission within the time
     period required by, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of,
     Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules and Regulations; the Company will
     prepare and file with the Commission, promptly upon your request, any
     amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that,
     in your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the
     distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company will
     not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus to which you shall reasonably object by notice to the Company
     after having been furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.
     The Company will file promptly all reports and any definitive proxy or
     information statements required to be filed by the Company with the
     Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
     Act subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and for so long as the
     delivery of a prospectus is required in connection with the offering or
     sale of the Securities.

          (b)  The Company will advise you, promptly after it shall receive
     notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of
     any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
     of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or
     sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any
     proceeding for any such purpose; and the Company will promptly use its best
     efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
     withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

          (c)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the
     Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will
     comply as far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it by the
     Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as
     from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance
     of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions
     hereof and the Prospectus.  If during such period any event occurs as a
     result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not
     misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to amend the
     Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act,
     the Company will promptly notify you and will amend the Registration
     Statement or supplement the Prospectus (at the expense of the Company) so
     as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

          (d)  The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Securities
     for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you reasonably
     designate and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required
     for the distribution of the

                                       11
<PAGE>

     Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection
     therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general
     consent to service of process in any state.

          (e)  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the
     Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will include all
     exhibits), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and all amendments
     and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in
     such quantities as you may from time to time reasonably request.

          (f)  During a period of five years commencing with the date hereof,
     the Company will furnish to the Representatives, and to each Underwriter
     who may so request in writing, copies of all periodic and special reports
     furnished to the stockholders of the Company and all information, documents
     and reports filed with the Commission, the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), Nasdaq or any securities exchange.

          (g)  The Company will make generally available to its security
     holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months
     after the end of the Company's current fiscal quarter, an earnings
     statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period beginning
     after the effective date of the Registration Statement that shall satisfy
     the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and
     Regulations.

          (h)  The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated
     hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is prevented from becoming
     effective under the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or is terminated,
     will pay or cause to be paid  (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes
     allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the
     delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (B) all expenses and fees
     (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company's
     accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not
     including fees of the Underwriters' counsel) in connection with the
     preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration
     Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments,
     schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Securities, each Preliminary
     Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendment thereof or supplement
     thereto, and the printing, delivery, and shipping of this Agreement and
     other underwriting documents, including Blue Sky Memoranda, (C) all filing
     fees and fees and disbursements of the Underwriters' counsel incurred in
     connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale
     by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of
     the states and other jurisdictions which you shall designate in accordance
     with Section 4(d) hereof, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent
     or registrar, (E) the filing fees incident to any required review by the
     NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (F) listing fees, if any,
     and (G) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its
     obligations hereunder

                                       12
<PAGE>

     that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein.  If the sale of 
     the Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of action 
     by the Company pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof which prevents this 
     Agreement from becoming effective, or by reason of any failure, refusal 
     or inability on the part of the Company to perform any agreement on its 
     part to be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters' 
     obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not 
     fulfilled, the Company will reimburse the several Underwriters for all
     out-of-pocket disbursements (including fees and disbursements of counsel)
     incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, 
     preparing to market and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of
     performing their obligations hereunder up to a maximum of $100,000.  The
     Company shall not in any event be liable to any of the Underwriters for
     loss of anticipated profits from the transactions covered by this
     Agreement.

          (i)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
     Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
     Prospectus.

          (j)  The Company will not, without your prior written consent, offer
     for sale, sell, contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of or
     otherwise issue or dispose of any Common Stock or any securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or any options or rights to purchase
     or acquire, Common Stock, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this
     Agreement and pursuant to employee stock option plans and options
     outstanding on the date of this Agreement, for a period of 180 days after
     the commencement of the public offering of the Securities by the
     Underwriters (the "Lockup Period); provided that the Company may issue
     shares of Common Stock: (A) upon the exercise of presently outstanding 
     Class B Warrants, (B) in connection with acquisition deficiency payments 
     described in the Prospectus, and (C) in connection with acquisitions
     provided that such Common Stock is restricted and not tradeable prior to
     the expiration of the Lockup Period.

          (k)  The Company either has caused to be delivered to you or will 
     cause to be delivered to you prior to the effective date of the 
     Registration Statement a letter from each of the Company's directors, 
     officers, and all holders of the Company's Class B Common Stock, $.01 par 
     value per share ("Class B Common Stock"), stating that such person agrees 
     that he, she or it will not, without your prior written consent, offer 
     for sale, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of 
     Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock 
     or Class B Common Stock, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this 
     Agreement, for a period of 180 days after commencement of the public 
     offering of the Securities by the Underwriters.

          (l)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
     indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to
     cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security


                                       13
<PAGE>

     of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and has
     not effected any sales of Common Stock which are required to be disclosed
     in response to Item 701 of Regulation S-K under the Act which have not been
     so disclosed in the Registration Statement.

          (m)  The Company will not incur any liability for any finder's or
     broker's fee or agent's commission in connection with the execution and
     delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated hereby.

          (n)  The Company will inform the Florida Department of Banking and
     Finance at any time prior to the consummation of the distribution of the
     Securities by the Underwriters if it commences engaging in business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
     Such information will be provided within 90 days after the commencement
     thereof or after the change occurs with respect to previously reported
     information.

          (o)  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the
     designation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of the
     Nasdaq Stock Market.

     5.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, as of the date
hereof and at each of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date (as if
made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company 

                                       14

<PAGE>

contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations 
hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

          (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the date of this Agreement, or such later
time and date as you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall
approve and all filings required by Rule 424 and Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations shall have been timely made; no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof shall have
been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been
initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional
information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
otherwise) shall have been complied with to your satisfaction.

          (b)  No Underwriter shall have advised the Company that the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in your opinion, is
material, or omits to state a fact which, in your opinion, is material and is
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading.

          (c)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have
incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or
entered into any material transactions, or declared or paid any dividends or
made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; and there
shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the
number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of shares upon
the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any material change in the
short-term or long-term debt of the Company, or any issuance of options,
warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any material adverse change or any
development involving a prospective material adverse change (whether or not
arising in the ordinary course of business), in the general affairs, condition
(financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property, prospects, net
worth or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or inadvisable to offer or
deliver the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
Prospectus.

          (d)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, the opinion of O'Connor, Broude &
Aronson, counsel for the Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to you,
to the effect that:

          (i)  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized
     and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of incorporation.  Each of the Company and its
     subsidiaries has full corporate power and authority to own its properties
     and conduct its business as currently being carried

                                       15
<PAGE>

     on and as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and is
     duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good
     standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or
     in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and
     in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect
     upon the business, condition (financial or otherwise) or properties of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (ii)  The capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to
     the description thereof contained in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Description of Securities."  All of the issued and outstanding shares of
     the capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly
     issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof are
     not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.  The
     Securities to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly
     authorized and, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the
     terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully
     paid and nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to
     personal liability by reason of being such holders.  Except as otherwise
     stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no
     preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any
     restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of Common Stock
     pursuant to the Company's charter, by-laws or any agreement or other
     instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by
     which the Company is bound.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge,
     neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale
     of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any
     rights for or relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or
     other securities of the Company, except for such rights as have been
     complied with or waived.

          (iii)  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
     each of the Company's subsidiaries have been duly and validly authorized
     and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, to the best of such
     counsel's knowledge, except as otherwise described in the Registration
     Statement and Prospectus and the Company owns of record and beneficially,
     free and clear of any adverse claim, all of the issued and outstanding
     shares of such stock.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except as
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there are no
     options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to
     purchase or acquire from the Company or any subsidiary any shares of the
     capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

          (iv)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the Act
     and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
     proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the knowledge of
     such counsel, threatened by the Commission.

                                       16
<PAGE>

          (v)  The descriptions in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of
     statutes, legal and governmental proceedings, contracts and other documents
     are accurate and fairly present the information required to be shown; and
     such counsel does not know of any statutes or legal or governmental
     proceedings required to be described in the Prospectus that are not
     described as required, or of any contracts or documents of a character
     required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
     included as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described
     or included as required.

          (vi)  The Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into
     this Agreement, and this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid, legal and binding
     obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (except
     as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state
     securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights
     of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity); the
     execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation
     of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or
     violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default
     under, any statute, rule or regulation, any agreement or instrument known
     to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or
     to which any of its property is subject, the Company's charter or by-laws,
     or any order or decree known to such counsel of any court or governmental
     agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its
     respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of,
     or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is required for
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the
     consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the
     issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be
     required under the Act, state securities laws or the rules of the NASD.

          (vii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company and each
     of its subsidiaries holds, and is operating in compliance in all material
     respects with, all material franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses,
     permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders of any governmental
     or self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business and all
     such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements,
     consents, certifications and orders are valid and in full force and effect.

          (viii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company
     nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its respective charter or
     by-laws.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor
     any of its subsidiaries is in breach of or otherwise in default in the
     performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition contained in
     any bond, debenture, note, indenture, loan agreement or any other material
     contract, lease or other instrument to which it is

                                       17
<PAGE>

     subject or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the
     material property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
     subject.

          (ix)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendment
     thereof or supplement thereto, comply as to form in all material respects
     with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations; and on the
     basis of conferences with officers of the Company, examination of documents
     referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and such other
     procedures as such counsel deemed appropriate, nothing has come to the
     attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, at the time the
     Registration Statement became effective and as of such Closing Date,
     contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus (as of its date
     and as of such Closing Date), as amended or supplemented, includes any
     untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact
     necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
     under which they were made, not misleading; it being understood that such
     counsel need express no opinion as to the financial statements, the notes
     thereto or other financial or statistical data included in any of the
     documents mentioned in this clause.

          (x)  The documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or any
     further amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to the
     First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as the case may be, (other
     than the financial statements and related notes and schedules therein, as
     to which such counsel need express no opinion), when they became effective
     or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, complied as to form
     in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or the Exchange
     Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
     thereunder; such counsel has no reason to believe that any of such
     documents, when such documents became effective or were so filed, as the
     case may be, contained, in the case of a registration statement which
     became effective under the Act, an untrue statement of a material fact, or
     omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
     to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of other
     documents which were filed under the Exchange Act with the Commission, an
     untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
     necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
     circumstances under which they were made when such documents were so filed,
     not misleading.

          (xi)  Such other matters as you may reasonably request.

          In rendering such opinion such counsel may rely (i) as to matters of
law other than Massachusetts and federal law, upon the opinion or opinions of
local counsel provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion and that such counsel shall state

                                       18
<PAGE>

that such opinion or opinions of local counsel are satisfactory to them and that
they believe they and you are justified in relying thereon and (ii) as to
matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems reasonable upon certificates
of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries provided that the extent of such
reliance is specified in such opinion.

          (e)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you the
opinion of Richard L. Muske, franchise counsel to the Company, dated such
Closing Date and addressed to you, to the effect that:

          (i)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, at all times during
     which the Company has offered for sale franchises for the operation of
     video retail stores, the Company has been in compliance with all material
     requirements of all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the offer for
     sale or sale of franchises in all jurisdictions in which the Company has
     offered for sale or sold franchises for the operation of video retail
     stores.

          (ii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, no litigation,
     arbitration or other proceeding (formal or informal) or investigation is
     pending, threatened or in prospect (or any basis therefor known to such
     counsel) against the Company related to the offer for sale or the sale of
     franchises for the operation of video retail stores, except such as
     individually or in the aggregate do not have and are not expected to have a
     material adverse effect upon the operations, business, property, assets or
     condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole.

          (iii)     To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except for
     liabilities and obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business,
     and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or
     such as individually or in the aggregate do not have and are not expected
     to have a material adverse effect upon the operations, business, property,
     assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its
     subsidiaries taken as a whole, there are no claims (absolute, accrued,
     contingent or otherwise) against the Company related to the offer for sale
     or the sale of franchises for the operation of a video retail store and the
     Company has not been charged with any violation of any state or other
     applicable law or administrative regulation in respect to the offer for
     sale or sale of such franchises.

          (iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the statements in the
     Registration Statement under the captions "Risk Factors - Risks Associated
     with Franchise Operations" and "Business - Franchise Operations" insofar as
     such statements constitute statements of law, descriptions of statutes,
     rules or regulations or conclusions of law applicable to the offering and
     sale of franchises by the 

                                       19
<PAGE>

     Company, such statements fairly represent the information called for
     and are accurate and complete in all material respects.

          (f)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the several Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from
Kaplan, Strangis & Kaplan, P.A., counsel for the several Underwriters, dated
such Closing Date and addressed to you, with respect to the formation of the
Company, the validity of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus and other related matters as you reasonably may request, and such
counsel shall have received such papers and information as they request to
enable them to pass upon such matters.

          (g)  On each Closing Date you, as Representatives of the several
Underwriters, shall have received a letter of Ernst & Young, LLP, dated such
Closing Date and addressed to you, confirming that they are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Act and are in compliance with the
applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under
Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and stating, as of the date of
such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since
the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the
Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date of such
letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial
information and other matters covered by its letter delivered to you
concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and the effect of the letter
so to be delivered on such Closing Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and
findings set forth in such prior letter.

          (h)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you, as
Representatives of the Underwriters, a certificate, dated such Closing Date and
addressed to you, signed by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President and by
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that:

          (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this
     Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and
     as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the
     agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or
     satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

          (ii) No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the
     Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the
     Securities for offering or sale has been issued, and no proceeding for that
     purpose has been instituted or, to the best of their knowledge, is
     contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

          (iii)     The signers of said certificate have carefully examined the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments thereof or
     supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all statements and
     information required to be included therein, the Registration Statement, or
     any amendment thereof, does not

                                       20

<PAGE>

     contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
     statements therein not misleading, and the Prospectus, as amended or
     supplemented, does not include any untrue statement of material fact or
     omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (B)
     since the effective date of the Registration Statement there has occurred
     no event required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented prospectus
     which has not been so set forth, (C) subsequent to the respective dates as
     of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred
     any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered
     into any material transactions, not in the ordinary course of business, or
     declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with
     respect to its capital stock, and except as disclosed in the Prospectus,
     there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in
     the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of
     shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants), or any
     material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance of
     options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the
     capital stock, of the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, or any material
     adverse change or any development involving a prospective material adverse
     change (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business), in the
     general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key
     personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (D) except as stated in
     the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there is not pending, or, to
     the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit
     or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
     before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any
     arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects or results of
     operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (i)  The Securities to be sold by the Company shall have been 
approved for designation subject to notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq 
National Market Tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

                                       21
<PAGE>

          (j)  The Company shall have furnished to you and counsel for the
Underwriters such additional documents, certificates and evidence as you or they
may have reasonably requested.

          All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be
in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are satisfactory in form
and substance to you and counsel for the Underwriters.  The Company will furnish
you with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other
documents as you shall reasonably request.

     6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

          (a)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each 
Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or 
several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or 
otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is 
effected with the written consent of the Company, insofar as such losses, 
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of 
or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a 
material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the 
information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of 
effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, if applicable, any Preliminary 
Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any 
document incorporated by reference in any of the foregoing, or arise out of 
or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a 
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for 
any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with 
investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or 
action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such 
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action 
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue 
statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, 
any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any such amendment or 
supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information 
furnished to the Company by you, or by any Underwriter through you, 
specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

          In addition to its other obligations under this Section 6(a), the 
Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any claim, 
action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based 
upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, 
described in this Section 6(a), it will reimburse each Underwriter on a 
monthly basis for all reasonable legal fees or other expenses incurred in 
connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, 
investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the absence of a

                                       22
<PAGE>

judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the 
Company's obligation to reimburse the Underwriters for such expenses and the 
possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a 
court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim 
reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the Underwriter that 
received such payment shall promptly return it to the Company, together with 
interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the prime rate (or 
other commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) 
announced from time to time by Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Prime 
Rate"). Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to an 
Underwriter within 30 days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest 
at the Prime Rate from the date of such request.  This indemnity agreement 
shall be in addition to any liabilities which the Company may otherwise have.

          (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company 
against losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may 
become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any 
litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such 
Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or 
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue 
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the 
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any 
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the 
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be 
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in 
each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement 
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the 
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any 
such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
information furnished to the Company by you, or by such Underwriter through 
you, specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and will reimburse the 
Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in 
connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, 
damage, liability or action.

          (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection
(a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability
that it may have to any indemnified party.  In case any such action shall be
brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying
party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party's
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable to such indemnified

                                       23
<PAGE>

party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other
than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if, in the sole
judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the Underwriters to be
represented as a group by separate counsel, the Representatives shall have the
right to employ a single counsel to represent the Representatives and all
Underwriters who may be subject to liability arising from any claim in respect
of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under subsection (a) of
this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate
counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to
the Underwriters as incurred (in accordance with the provisions of the second
paragraph in subsection (a) above).  An indemnifying party shall not be
obligated under any settlement agreement relating to any action under this
Section 6 to which it has not agreed in writing.

          (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is 
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under 
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to 
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the 
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) 
above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative 
benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the 
other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided 
by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as 
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in 
clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand 
and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or 
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as 
well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits 
received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other 
shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from 
the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the 
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in 
each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The 
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the 
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information 
supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties' relevant 
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or 
prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters 
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to 
this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the 
Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other 
method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable 
considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d).  The 
amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection 
(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably 
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or 
defending against any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection 
(d).  Notwithstanding the provisions of this

                                       24
<PAGE>

subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities
underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public
exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been
required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The
Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in
proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

          (e)  The obligations of the Company under this Section 6 shall be 
in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall 
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who 
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations 
of the Underwriters under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any 
liability that the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall 
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company 
(including any person who, with his consent, is named in the Registration 
Statement as about to become a director of the Company), to each officer of 
the Company who has signed the Registration Statement and to each person, if 
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.  All 
representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in 
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the several 
Underwriters and the Company contained in Section 6 hereof, shall remain 
operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made 
by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the 
Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons and shall 
survive delivery of, and payment for, the Securities to and by the 
Underwriters hereunder.

     8.   SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.

          (a)  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay
for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be
purchased hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the
terms hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased does not aggregate
more than 10% of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I
hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for (in
proportion to their respective underwriting obligations hereunder as set forth
in Schedule I hereto except as may otherwise be determined by you) the Firm
Shares that the withdrawing or defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to
purchase.

          (b)  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail to take up and pay
for the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such Underwriter or Underwriters to be
purchased

                                       25
<PAGE>

hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Shares in accordance with the terms 
hereof, and the amount of Firm Shares not purchased aggregates more than 10% 
of the total amount of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto, and 
arrangements satisfactory to you for the purchase of such Firm Shares by 
other persons are not made within 36 hours thereafter, this Agreement shall 
terminate.  In the event of any such termination the Company shall not be 
under any liability to any Underwriter (except to the extent provided in 
Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof) nor shall any Underwriter (other than an 
Underwriter who shall have failed, otherwise than for some reason permitted 
under this Agreement, to purchase the amount of Firm Shares agreed by such 
Underwriter to be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company 
(except to the extent provided in Section 6 hereof).

          If Firm Shares to which a default relates are to be purchased by the
non-defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the
Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the First
Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that the necessary
changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any other documents, as
well as any other arrangements, may be effected.  As used herein, the term
"Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this
Section 8.

     9.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

          (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., Minneapolis
time, on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective time of the
Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public; provided, that if the Registration Statement
is effective at the time this Agreement is executed, this Agreement shall become
effective at such time as you in your discretion shall first release the
Securities for sale to the public.  For the purpose of this Section, the
Securities shall be deemed to have been released for sale to the public upon
release by you of the publication of a newspaper advertisement relating thereto
or upon release by you of telexes offering the Securities for sale to securities
dealers, whichever shall first occur.  By giving notice as hereinafter specified
before the time this Agreement becomes effective, you, as Representatives of the
several Underwriters, or the Company may prevent this Agreement from becoming
effective without liability of any party to any other party, except that the
provisions of Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (b)  You, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, shall have
the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified
at any time at or prior to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in
Section 3(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second
Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at
or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be
performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters'

                                       26
<PAGE>

obligations hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the National Market system or
over-the-counter market by the NASD shall have been wholly suspended,
(iv) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum
ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the New York Stock
Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the national market system or
over-the-counter market by the NASD by such exchange or by order of the
Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (v) a
banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal, New York or Minnesota
authorities, or (vi) there has occurred any material adverse change in the
financial markets in the United States or an outbreak of major hostilities (or
an escalation thereof) in which the United States is involved, a declaration of
war by Congress, any other substantial national or international calamity or any
other event or occurrence of a similar character shall have occurred since the
execution of this Agreement that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for the
Securities.  Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any
other party except that the provisions of Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof 
shall at all times be effective.

          (c)  If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective 
or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company shall 
be notified promptly by you by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.  
If the Company elects to prevent this Agreement from becoming effective you 
shall be notified by the Company by telephone or telegram, confirmed by 
letter.


                                       27
<PAGE>

     10.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY UNDERWRITERS.  The statements set forth in
the last paragraph of the cover page and under the caption "Underwriting" in any
Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitute the written information
furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters referred to in Section 2 and
Section 6 hereof.

     11.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to the Underwriters, shall
be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the Representatives c/o Piper Jaffray
Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(except that notices given to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 6 hereof shall
be sent to such Underwriter at the address stated in the Underwriters'
Questionnaire furnished by such Underwriter in connection with this offering),
with a copy to Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan, P.A., 5500 Norwest Center, 90 South
Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention:  James C. Melville; if
to the Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at Video Update,
Inc., 3100 World Trade Center, 30 East 7th Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101-
4913 Attention:  Daniel A. Potter with a copy to O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, 950
Winter Street, Suite 2300, Waltham, Massachusetts 02154, Attention:  Lawrence H.
Gennari; or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may
have requested in writing.  All notices given by telegram shall be promptly
confirmed by letter.  Any party to this Agreement may change such address for
notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new
address for such purpose.

     12.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors
referred to in Section 6.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or
equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision
herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein used shall not
include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities from any of
the several Underwriters.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.


                                       28
<PAGE>

          Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the
Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                              Very truly yours,

                              VIDEO UPDATE, INC.


                              By:
                                  ---------------------------------------
                              Daniel A. Potter
                              Its Chairman and Chief
                              Executive Officer


Confirmed as of the date first
above mentioned, on behalf of
themselves and the other several
Underwriters named in Schedule I
hereto.


                              PIPER JAFFRAY INC.



                              By
                                 -----------------------------------

                              THE ROBINSON-HUMPHREY COMPANY, INC.



                              By
                                 ------------------------------------


                                       29


<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                    Number of
Underwriter                                       Firm Shares (1)
- -----------                                       ---------------
Piper Jaffray Inc. ............................     3,050,000
The Robinson-Humphrey Company..................     3,050,000
                                                  ---------------
          Total................................     6,100,000
                                                  ---------------
                                                  ---------------
- ----------------
(1)  The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional 915,000 Option Shares, to
     the extent the option described in Section 3 of the Agreement is exercised,
     in the proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


                                       30


<PAGE>

                                SECOND AMENDMENT

                           Dated as of August 28, 1996

     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of August 28, 1996, amends the Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 15, 1996 (herein called the "Credit Agreement"),
between VIDEO UPDATE, INC. (herein called the "Company") and BANK OF AMERICA
ILLINOIS (herein called the "Bank").  Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are,
unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, used herein
as defined therein.

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank have entered into the Credit Agreement
pursuant to which the Bank has made Loans to the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement in certain
respects as hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and
valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

     SECTION 1  AMENDMENTS.  Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the
Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is
hereby amended in accordance with SECTIONS 1.1 through 1.7 below:

     SECTION 1.1 NEW DEFINITIONS.  Section 1 of the Credit Agreement is amended
by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

          ADJUSTED PRE-EXISTING STORE EBITDA means, with respect to any period,
     Pre-Existing Store Consolidated Net Income before deducting Pre-Existing
     Store Interest Expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization for such
     period; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD that until the Canadian Credit Agreement
     becomes effective, net income from the Canadian Subsidiaries shall be
     excluded from Adjusted Pre-Existing Store EBITDA.

          NEW STORES means stores of the Company and its Subsidiaries which are
     first acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or which begin
     operation, after August 31, 1996.

          NEW STORE CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME means, with respect to the Company
     and its Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to New Stores for such period
     (excluding any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of income);

<PAGE>

     PROVIDED that there shall be excluded therefrom  the income of any
     Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
     similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not at the time
     permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
     instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
     regulation applicable to such Subsidiary.

          NEW STORE EBITDA means, with respect to any period, New Store
     Consolidated Net Income before deducting New Store Interest Expense, taxes,
     depreciation and amortization for such period.

          NEW STORE INTEREST EXPENSE means, for any period, the consolidated
     interest expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to New
     Stores for such period (including, without limitation, all imputed interest
     on Capital Leases).

          PRE-EXISTING STORES means stores of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and are in operation on
     August 31, 1996 and such other stores of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     as shall be agreed to by the Bank and the Company in writing from time to
     time.

          PRE-EXISTING STORE CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME means, with respect to the
     Company and its Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of
     the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to Pre-Existing Stores for
     such period (excluding any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items of
     income); PROVIDED that there shall be excluded therefrom (i) the income of
     any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends
     or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not at the
     time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
     instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
     regulation applicable to such Subsidiary and (ii) any non-cash charges
     relating to the release of management stock on the date of this Agreement
     held in escrow.

          PRE-EXISTING STORE EBITDA means, with respect to any period, Pre-
     Existing Store Consolidated Net Income before deducting Pre-Existing Store
     Interest Expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization for such period.

          PRE-EXISTING STORE INTEREST EXPENSE means, for any period, the
     consolidated interest expense of the Company and

                                        2
<PAGE>

      its Subsidiaries with respect to Pre-Existing Stores for such period
     (including, without limitation, all imputed interest on Capital Leases).


     SECTION 1.2  AMENDED DEFINITIONS.  Section 1 of the Credit Agreement is
amended by deleting the definition of "Funded Debt Ratio" therein and
substituting the following therefor:

          FUNDED DEBT RATIO means, as of any date of calculation, the ratio of
     (x) Funded Debt as of such date to (y) the product of (i) the total of (a)
     Adjusted Pre-Existing Store EBITDA for the Computation Period most recently
     ended MINUS (b) 26% of the revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     with respect to Pre-Existing Stores for such Computation Period MULTIPLIED
     BY (ii) four; IT BEING UNDERSTOOD that until the Canadian Credit Agreement
     becomes effective the revenue of the Canadian Subsidiaries shall be
     excluded from CLAUSE (B) above.

     SECTION 1.3  SECTION 10.6.  Section 10.6 of the Credit Agreement is amended
by adding new Sections 10.6.4 and 10.6.5 which will read as follows:

          10.6.4  PRE-EXISTING STORE EBITDA.  Not permit Pre-Existing Store
     EBITDA for any Computation Period to be less than the amount set forth on
     EXHIBIT M with respect to the applicable Computation Period set forth
     therein.

          10.6.5  NEW STORE EBITDA.  Not permit (x) New Store EBITDA for any
     Computation Period MINUS (y) 26% of the revenues of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries with respect to New Stores for such Computation Period to be
     less than $0.

     SECTION 1.4  SECTION 10.11.  The proviso to Section 10.11 of the Credit
Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     PROVIDED that any acquisition described in this CLAUSE (C) must satisfy all
     of the following conditions: (i) each Person so acquired shall comply with
     all of the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are
     applicable to such Person; (ii) either the required majority of the Board
     of Directors (or other equivalent governing body) of the Person so acquired
     incumbent at the time such acquisition is proposed has acquiesced to the
     acquisition, or the acquisition is otherwise deemed in the reasonable
     judgment of the Bank to be a "friendly" acquisition; (iii) no Event of
     Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
     at the time of, or 

                                        3
<PAGE>

     would result from the making of, such acquisition; (iv) the aggregate total
     consideration paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries for any one
     acquisition or series of substantially contemporaneous related acquisitions
     shall not exceed $12,000,000; (v) the aggregate total consideration for all
     such acquisitions during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed the
     lesser of $55,000,000 and the net proceeds received by the Company from the
     equity offering made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement
     on Form S-3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11,
     1996, as amended; (vi) the entity whose stock or assets are so acquired
     shall have had positive net income for the fiscal year of such entity most
     recently ended and for the period from the last day of such fiscal year
     through the last day of the fiscal quarter of such entity most recently
     ended; and (vii) simultaneously with any such acquisition, the Company
     shall grant, or cause the applicable Person(s) to grant, to the Bank a
     first perfected security interest in all of the stock or assets so
     acquired, subject to any Liens permitted pursuant to SECTION 10.8(J). 

     SECTION 1.5  SECTION 11.2.2.  Section 11.2.2 of the Credit Agreement is
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          11.2.2  FUNDED DEBT RATIO.  The Funded Debt Ratio shall not be greater
     than 2.25 to 1.     

     SECTION 1.6  EXHIBIT E.  Exhibit E to the Credit Agreement is amended in
its entirety by substituting EXHIBIT E hereto therefor.

     SECTION 1.7  NEW EXHIBIT M.  The Credit Agreement is amended by adding a
new Exhibit M following Exhibit L to the Credit Agreement in the form of EXHIBIT
M hereto.

     SECTION 2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Company 
represents and warrants to the Bank that each warranty set forth in Section 9 of
the Credit Agreement is true and correct as if made on the date hereof, except
for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Credit Agreement.

     SECTION 3  EFFECTIVENESS.  The amendments set forth in 
SECTION 1 above shall become effective, as of the day and year first above
written, on such date (herein called the "Second Amendment Effective Date") when
the Bank shall have received (i) evidence, satisfactory to the Bank, that the
Company has completed an equity offering substantially on the terms set forth in
the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the 

                                        4
<PAGE>

Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 1996, as amended, and has
received net cash proceeds therefrom in an amount equal to or exceeding
$15,000,000 and (ii) each of the following documents, each in form and substance
satisfactory to the Bank:

     SECTION 3.1  SECOND AMENDMENT.  Counterparts of this Second Amendment
executed by the parties hereto.

     SECTION 3.2  RESOLUTIONS.  Certified copies of resolutions of the Board of
Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee thereof, authorizing the
execution and delivery of this Second Amendment and the performance by the
Company of its obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended by this Second
Amendment (herein called the "Amended Credit Agreement").

     SECTION 3.3  OPINION.  The opinion of O'Connor, Broude & Aronson, counsel
to the Company.

     SECTION 3.4  CONFIRMATION.  A confirmation of the Guaranty executed by all
of the Guarantors.

     SECTION 4  MISCELLANEOUS.

     SECTION 4.1  CONTINUING EFFECTIVENESS, ETC.  As herein amended, the Credit
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and
confirmed in all respects.  After the Second Amendment Effective Date, all
references in the Credit Agreement and the Note to "Credit Agreement",
"Agreement" or similar terms shall refer to the Amended Credit Agreement.

     SECTION 4.2  COUNTERPARTS.  This Second Amendment may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts,
and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Second Amendment.

     SECTION 4.3  GOVERNING LAW.  This Second Amendment shall be a contract made
under and governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

     SECTION 4.4  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Second Amendment shall be
binding upon the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and
assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and the Bank and the
successors and assigns of the Bank.

                                        5
<PAGE>

     Delivered at Chicago, Illinois, as of the day and year first above written.
     
                              VIDEO UPDATE, INC.


                              By
                                ---------------------------------
                                Title
                                     ----------------------------


                              BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS


                              By
                                ---------------------------------
                                         Vice President



                                        6

 

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(b)
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
    We  consent  to  the reference  to  our  firm under  the  captions "Selected
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated June 12,  1996,
with  respect to  the consolidated  financial statements  of Video  Update, Inc.
included in Pre-Effective Amendment  No. 2 to  the Registration Statement  (Form
S-3,  No.  333-7929)  and  related  Prospectus of  Video  Update,  Inc.  for the
registration of 7,040,000 shares of its common stock.
 
                                          Ernst & Young LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
September 25, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission